electric - Queensland Urban Utilities

II

ELECTRIC

BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL

EDMONDSTONE STREET SEWAGE PUMPING STATION

SP 23V AUGMENTATION

CONTRACT BW 19 01/02

Job Number JO 6375

MAIN SWITCHBOARD

OPERATIONS and MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MANUFACTURED BY

SJ Electric (Qld) 19 Elliot Street Albion Qld, 4010

Telephone 07 3256 1522Fax 07 3256 1533

Completed 20-APRIL-2002

1111111111111111

SJ ELECTRIC (VIC) PTY LTD A.B.N. 82 074 448 481 R.E.C. 13700

SJ ELECTRIC (QLD) PTY LTD A.B.N. 22 573 962 619 R.E.C. 7623

SJ ELECTRIC (NSW) PTY LTD A.B.N. 68 537 948 401 R.E.C. 23788C

SJ ELECTRIC (WA) PTY LTD A.B.N. 47 078 494 738 R.E.C. EC006006

MELBOURNE BRISBANE SYDNEY PERTH 76 Commercial Drive, 19 Elliot Street, 25 Lidco Street, 226 Planet Street,

' Thomastown Vic 3074 Albion Qld 4010 Arndell Park NSW 2148 Carlisle WA 6101

Phone: (03) 9466 3977

Fax: (03) 9466 4752

Phone: (07) 3256 1522

Fax: (07) 3256 1533

Phone: (02) 9672 7922

Fax: (02) 9672 7252

Email: mail©sjelectricvic.com.au Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS & SWITCHBOARD QASJ - 01 ISSUE No. 2.1

Phone: (08) 9470 4292

Fax: (08) 9470 4787 Email: [email protected]

MANUFACTURERS

1

Edmonstone Street Newmarket SPS SP023 Main Switchboard OM Manual

Q-Pulse Id TMS695 Active 29/01/2014 Page 1 of 236

ELECTRIC

BRISBANE CITY COUNCIL

EbMONDSTONE STREET SEWAGE PUMPING STATION

SP 23 AUGMENTATION

CONTRACT BW 19 01102

Job Number JO 6375

MAIN SWITCHBOARD

OPERATIONS and MAINTENANCE MANUAL

MANUFACTURED BY

=

SJ Electric (Qld) 19 Elliot Street Albion Qld. 4010

Telephone 07 3256 1522 Fax 07 3256 1533

Completed 20-APRIL 2002

= I

SJ ELECTRIC (VIC) PTY LTD SJ ELECTRIC (OLD) PTY LTD SJ ELECTRIC (NSW) PTY LTD SJ ELECTRIC (WA) PTY LTD A.B.N. 82 074 448 481 R.E.C. 13700 A.B.N. 22 573 962 619 R.E.C. 7623

MELBOURNE BRISBANE SYDNEY PERTH 76 Commercial Drive, 19 Elliot Street, 25 Lidco Street, 226 Planet Street,

gli Thomastown Vic 3074 Albion Qld 4010 Arndell Park NSW 2148 Carlisle WA 6101

l'hone: (03) 9466 3977 Phone: (07) 3256 1522 Phone: (02) 9672 7922 Phone: (08) 9470 4292

Fax: (03) 9466 4752 Fax: (07) 3256 1533 Fax: (02) 9672 7252 Fax: (08) 9470 4787 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS & SWITCHBOARD MANUFACTURERS OASJ - 01 ISSUE No. 2.1

A.B.N. 68 537 948 401 R.E.C. 23788C A.B.N. 47 078 494 738 R.E.C. EC006006



iieps. ELECTRIC

INDEX

SECTION 1. GENERAL

1.1 General Workplace Health & Safety 1.2 Project Overview 1.3 Plant Maintenance 1.4 Electrical Control System 1.5 Control & Monitoring System

2. MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA 2.1 Merlin Gerin C8OIN & NS Circuit Breaker.. 2.2 Merlin Gerin Multi 9 Circuit breaker. 2.3 Critec Surge Divertor 2.4 Telemecanique ZB Series Pushbuttons, indicators & controls 2.5 Telemecanique control relays 2.6 Multitrode Level Control relay. 2.7 Mann Industries Signal Isolator 2.8 Crompton Phase Failure Relay 2.9 Crompton Current Transducer. 2.10 Satec Power Monitor 2.11 Kraus & Naimer selector Switch. 2.12 Danfoss VSD

3. DRAWINGS 3.1 Drawing Register 3.2 General Arrangement Drawings 3.3 Equipment Schedule

4. INSPECTION & TEST RESULTS

CAWINDOWSVIEMPTdmondstone Street Indexdoc

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS, CONTRACTORS & SWITCHBOARD MANUFACTURERS



GENERAL



Page 1

General Workplace Health and Safety

The Queensland Workplace Health and Safety Act (1995) details

minimum requirements relating to safe working in the electrical industry.

Nothing in this document is designed, in any way, to undermine the

authority of the Act.

All reasonable care must always be taken to ensure the plant is without

risk to the health and safety of personnel operating and maintaining plant

and equipment.

Employers have an obligation to ensure the workplace health and safety

of all personnel at work.

It is employer responsibility to ensure that all persons entering or working

on the premises use appropriate personal protective equipment.

Personal protective equipment includes gloves, safety glasses, hard hats,

ear protection, safe foot ware and, where necessary, specialist protective

clothing for hazardous areas.

Any item of equipment should always be isolated before maintenance or

repairs commence to ensure that inadvertent operation of the item does

not result in risk to the health and safety of any person.

Where the item is isolated, any total or partial shutdown should not allow

a hazardous situation to be created.

Where the item cannot be isolated, another person should be stationed at

the controls of the item and an effective means of direct communication

should exist between the persons carrying out the maintenance and the

person at the controls.

C' A WC ITILITINALS ATI I7 .g ..4



Page 2

General Operating Principles

All persons working the premises must be qualified Electrical Engineers

or electrical trades persons capable of performing the required tasks

competently. All personnel must also be familiar with plant and

equipment.

Adequate information, instruction, training and supervision must be

provided to enable personnel to perform work without risk to health and

safety.

Work in an orderly way.

Plan work in advance to avoid hazardous situations.

Warn others of any hazards.

Make inquiries before starting work, particularly on any unfamiliar

installation or equipment

Before any work begins ensure that any instructions received or given are

fully understood.

Concentrate on the task on hand.

Do not distract others or allow yourself to be distracted by foolish actions.

Work from a safe and convenient position that provides a maximum

working space that you do not have to over reach, you cannot slip, trip or

stumble and so endanger yourself and others.

Keep the working area tidy and free of unwanted materials and

equipment.

Use insulated tools where possible.

Inspect tools and equipment regularly and ensure that any necessary

maintenance is carried out

Keep yourself in good health.

Do not work if ill or over tired, to the extent that your concentration,

movement or alertness is affected. Illness or fatigue can endanger yourself

and others.



Page 3

Project Overview

Contract BW 19 1/2 was for the Design ,manufacture and testing of a new

Main switchboard for the Edmondstone Street Sewage Pumping Station

located in Brisbane.

Equipment provided by SJ Electric ensures safe and efficient operation of the

Inlet Works. Equipment supplied and installed by SJ Electric includes: -

Switchboard;

Generator Terminal Box

Energex metering Cubicle.

The switchboard incorporates the latest technology in motor control, power

monitoring, and instrumentation. It is important engineers, technicians and

operators are familiar with the equipment installed before attempting any

adjustments, modifications or maintenance.

The following Sections of this manual contain a comprehensive description

of all equipment supplied, bq SJ Electric . It is recommended that this manual

be referred to before cat-tying out any work on any equipment.

It should be noted that the Danfoss Variable speed drives where supplied by

Brisbane Water.

^*.Irsrranmesum,,,ca .s..4 .1. -



Page 4

Plant Maintenance

To ensure proper operation of the plant the following should be observed :-

The plant should be kept clean and tidy at all times. Not only is this of

aesthetic value, it extends equipment life.

Check that all plant and equipment is operating correctly. Correctly

operating equipment promotes overall plant efficiency.

All items and areas of equipment should be hosed down and cleaned

regularly.

WARNING

Avoid directly hosing any drive motor or electrical item.

All maintenance, service, modifications and significant deviations from

Normal operating conditions should be recorded in the Plant Service Log

After a month of operation, check the tension of all bolts associated with

the plant and thereafter periodically. Bolted connections on painted

surfaces can loosen due to thinning of the paint underneath the bolt head

bearing surface. Motor mounting bolts and other bolted connections

subjected to vibration should be periodically checked for loosening.

WARNING

Before starting work on any item ensure that the power supply is

isolated, tagged off, and the item cannot be started.

The importance of preventative maintenance cannot be over-emphasized.

Regular maintenance and suitable care of the equipment will ensure a

long and reliable service life of the equipment

Many stoppages can be avoided by following the recommended

maintenance procedures. Do not wait until you hear the grinding of

equipment that has broken down. If you see any item wearing down,

replace it, before it causes damage to other associated items.

Preventive Maintenance

in.% as rwl..r.s.rtax rot nnr., _4 A -



Page 5

Maintenance procedures recommended to extend switchboard life are outlined

as follows :-

Switchboard exterior should be regularly wiped down with a solvent base

cleaner such as "Spray & Wipe". This will ensure longevity of the powder

coated surface.

Accessible areas like distribution boards and motor starter panels should

be cleaned with a vacuum cleaner to remove dust and foreign matter.

PLC panels should be maintained as dust free as possible. Dusting with a

dry rag is recommended - taking care not allow dust inside the 1/0

modules or processor.

When removing or installing PLC modules care should be taken to ensure

that power is turned off to the rack before modules are removed or

installed.

Connections and efficient operation of circuit breakers, contactors and

isolators should be checked every 12 months - especially where connected

to busbars.

Busbar connections should be checked every 12 months.

Globes for indicator lights should be checked on a weekly basis with any

faulty lamps replaced.

rr.nrib ff-rus-, a .. J J -



Page 6

Electrical Control System

General Description

Electrical control equipment for the installation is housed in the switchboard

located under the inlet works structure, this switchboard is comprised of the

following discrete sections:

Main Incomer

Generator Incomer

Pump Circuit Breakers

Distribution Section

Pump Control Cubicles

Common Control Cubicle.

The switchboard has been constructed of mild steel of a dead front

construction.

Control and Monitoring System.

The control and monitoring of the system is performed by the Brisbane Water

telemetry system and was not included in this contract.

41", .1 XV 71,17,7111111S1 V, -1 -



MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DATA



TECHNICAL DATA SHEET

For

Edmondstone Street Pump Station

Equipment Type:

Location:

Model Numbers:

110 Manufacturer:

Supplier:

Circuit Breaker

Main Incomer Pump Circuit Breakers

C8OIN STR25DE NS 400 & NS160

Merlin Gerin

Schneider Electric. 30 Graystone Street TINGALPA QLD 4173

Ph: 07 3890 2112 Fx: 07 3890 2098



00 to O Lc) o (7) in z z

0 U)

o a Zul 0 0

CD (.0, Cf)

0 0 C,2" 0 1- 0 Izt

U. o U) U) U ZZZZ

a) ...0 u);r1) c.) 0 o co cp 4, -o a) c 3 C.) 3 L. 13 ea

13 GIL CL- a 0 .0 0 0 .

ealCM 0(53 OC°CMMC/3).150 - ...

0 1: a Ca n° , a s TI E °' 3'

CJ 40 r: 0 co s- .... w 15 - - M4D3 mal=...(1)-...0 -1Emm.J.Smo

(/) 3 C 0. (i)

(3) b



S

A r-row, _ -er Ar

V ."

"Vg-c

E %/\A_A° 44..-4=Ait

Aill1111=11111111-



980 783C

r---(0 CRP-a - ac 101 1251

42882 X = 310112.204

42884 X = S 500119.685

X = 5 600/23.622 42867

42884

42867

42889

42897

X = 5 310112.204

X = 5 500119.685

0

0 0

0

0

o TT o IT



3 x 061.23 dia

42882

42884

42867

42889

42897

42867

42884

42897

M4 :2 Nm 17.7 lb.in

800 --, 1251 M4 :2 Nm

17.7 lb.in

0

6



42882

42884

42867

42882

42884

42867

42889

42897

M5 5Nrn/44.21b.in



J®



498260AG

circuit breaker disjoncteur interruptor automatic°

The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for damage resulting from the

n-application or correct

application of the instructions provided herein.

Le non respect des indications de la presente notice ne saurait engager la responsabilitO du constructeur.

El fabricante no se ponsabiliza de los

afios originados como resultado de la falta de aplicacion o aplicacion incorrecta de las presentes instrucciones.

din. erir ' 'Modica

uares

erriecarii

compact NS400-630

,tel ' / ..1,,,,:'

,, -... ,It.i., '..../ ,,,5

Schneider Electric



3P 4P

M10 x 27,5

4

1

M4 x 14 slotted screwdriver

pozidriv n°1, 2 ou plat /



I

3P

06 00.2

200 7.9

100 4

X

032 01.3

113,5 45

227

, 22,5 )7-47 0.9

45 I 45 4,..!

1.7 1.7

'Y

8.9

4P

22,5 ,

0.9 I

90 ; 0.1 3.5

45 45 I 45 1.7 1.7 I 1.7

'Y

S M5x85



hi

4 SSSS

"!"

5

0

1 0

0

0

' 3( ' . -%- -

- / ' z.

- .;%'

", .: -5' '5''';

; 5v,' ,"

5 ' .4.,"- - ',,";";"'" " . 5 ,,,,,4,'-e ,

-, 5

5 ",,,I, "x : .,:" .

. /k04.,

,le ,,,,,;,--,1i,, i ''.;,

-;t;4i;-,- ,,. ,,.5-7',V",- 7 -fit", "- , ',0g,114";, -;:-

x10 0 1293141 1

Imegors'w5mw-- ----1

x2

pus, to

telemeca. AB1



;

0 / 0000

0

0 _

6 N*) 3 Nm 26.4 lb-in.

. , ' , ' , z

-

-7





0-

a 5

' , V "'(' ""'' ^ ' ''' '''''''Z; ':', % S; 5 '' ' , ' '' '., '''' , ,

' ,, l''ii.'1,k i.,,,Wr; ' ,.. .4, XI,' . e:s ,., ' ^ . ' . ' '''' 3' .. ' '. ,,..,!,;" ..;. 5:::, , .P.,,,

'' ' ' % .,1'' * s:4''''. ' t '.1.". ', ,;/,,;? Tx'.; C.,:' > ' yi ,

5' 'i Z -"Q '' (.' ';" ... `.---- :r L) 't ,,,_5

! / 0 '1... ' : ' '.7 .,,-;`,-, '. ,C

' ' .. ,:. . r, s atV1Z ' "... ' , 4 . v. , vcr, .

,

',' 57, ° ('

'I\ . hl.:1,3

-*

' i"

\ , "

A."."--,

' `,151..

.47:7-

. ' 5'

,

"

,1



0

O

O

O

O



TEST ON

c. 0')

reset EEEEE

0 ° CLIC !



9'05

17'0565k '0 01505£

'U/

LULU

up-qi 17LE

wN

1C

anbiol 51.quem611

aBenas op eidno3

frzE

wN

1E

enbiol 5t4ualq5.11 aB

enas op aidno3

r1661V/ndÒ

Mift4

;

nOzull

Lll-qi LE

E%

wN

LE

.. -lay° re,4,40,stra

'ffi%

N'011103S

. 44tV

3Wift±

r4C7

pzz w

N

enbiol 5cqualti6u aB

enes op oidnoO

Ts7JtvE

r 3 0 JrS3a

of4a,

Cn

(1).

cD

O

0) 5'

(1)

cD

5. Z

' 3 C

A

CD

F15 2 0 b Q

. C

D

CD

O

S

U

0 0 <

*. CD

F"

Sn - 0

a) cy- 0. 6'

CD

O

rIT

0 0 C

4 a)

co :It o

0 6' a. c E

r F

TT



,011

,i,<

q525

v

3P

4P

3256

4 32

565

3257

0

,

3P

3248

5 4P

32

484

a .`

" :

.; ,

t

M10

x 2

7,5

0

_ 2x 1

,2 N

m

2x 1

0,51

b-in

.

1 .1

or'

50 N

m

442

lb-in

.

e

1 0

0

3P

4P 32

576

3257

7 I

3P

4P 32

578

3257

9 3P

4P

3249

0 32

491

3P

4P 32

492

3249

3

FZ

3

x M

3x7

1 N

m

8,8

lb-in

.





2 x1,2 Nm 2x 10,5 lb-in.

3P 4P

32477 32478

, ' .

S, ss ; tie:y

" ' 55 . , 4,41 ," , s: 5.` 5

.

,

, ,

3P 32562 4P 32563

*.

"zss, s'

-....----",, . ' ...."--:

....." -- - ..1.%---.-- - -..:,--,,---

',' --- ."-- ' . ::',.- "'- ' ."..:=-'-=

"... ' ."....-........ 7.::":_-:::-----

-.. ,-..-....

- --="1-:'''":"-r - - ....-;....., -

----

.., -, `,...------N,. '

--------- 1-: --..---:----- -- -' -- I

11

<,:-....:::::::----.:,_________---- r -",

..",........, , 1..11

(s_

- -

c:D

0 55-

. SS

SS5SS 5555

' ., " s

555 55S

...";;;

;:,

0



4 4.

, <

<

3P 32582 w,

4P 32583 fp

1°)-

1'1

44/3' 4.+:31

.."..460

rill 0

32490 " 32491

0

0 0 -

0

o0

NS400-630 N/H

2 x 1,2 Nm I 2 x 10,5 lb-in.

NS400-630 L

4x 1,2 Nm 4 x 10,5 lb-in.

-1/4's 50 Nm 442 lb-in.

0



V\V' ' a

VVS' VS ' VVSVV?VVVVSSV

,r ;.;:44 ' s

; A;

:, , .; ' ,

, ,;;:k,

".;

s:"

`, ,

, , ;;

ekt

3x7 Nm

;;;.;;

, "

a

3P -'ss- 4P

- I

ar.-1 \ - - ;

it

'44'-41 it III

/-` *1-6""

411

SI

0

-32580 32581

CBL 2 x M3x30

5 Nm 44 lb-in.

NS400-630 N/H

2x 1,2 Nm 2 x 10,5 lb-in.

NS400-630 L

4x 1,2 Nm 4 x 10,5 lb-in.

' %% ;`, -



a ce)

In N. N X 0 T-

0 CO LC) N Ce)

V"' CO LC) N Ce)

5-

i - 2 0 '9 r) o :r ° (/) Z

z E -7- z -Q N LC)

- - T- O X .`s

(NI >< N

-1 2 (t) 8 o V. zu)

z --0

(N1 10 - e- 0

X Nr. ><

'I-



Exploitation guide

Merlin Gerin Modicon Square D Telemecanique

Low voltage switchgear Compact Merlin Gerin

Schneider 0 Electric



summary

discovering your circuit breaker 3

how to adjust your trip unit 9

supplementary functions 32

operational conditions 41



2 Schneider Electric



discovering your circuit breaker

the toggle operated circuit breaker

the motor mechanisms 5

the circuit breaker with rotary handle 7

electrical auxiliaries 8

Schneider Electric 3



the toggle operated circuit breaker

rating plate

range

model (rating and breaking capacity)

standardised characteristics: Ui = rated insulation voltage Uimp = impulse withstand voltage Ue = rated operational voltage

I Icu = ultimate breaking capacity Ics = service breaking capacity

colour indicating the type of device: yellow = E silver = N

o pink =H blue = L green = switch

symbol indicating suitability for isolation as defined by IEC 947.2

main standards with which device conforms

posative contact indication Compact NS circuit breakers are suitable for isolation as defined by IEC 947-1 et 947-2.

When the toggle is in the "OFF" position, the main contacts are ALWAYS open. It is therefore possible to carry out maintenance on the downstream circuits. When doing so, it is advised to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position and to comply with applicable servicing regulations for low voltage circuits.

circuit breaker with toggle

upstream connections

fixing hole

rating plate (see above)

indication of closed (I/ON) position

toggle (shown in tripped position)

indication of open (0/OFF) position

circuit identification

trip unit rating "push to trip" button

trip unit (see page 11)

fixing hole

downstream connections

Resetting following a trip When the circuit breaker is in the "tripped" position it must first be reset by moving the toggle to the OFF position before reclosing is possible.




the motor mechanisms

NS100 to 630 motor mechanisms

charged

lost CI fad,

7A A so f

upstream connection

lock for access to electrical auxiliaries


°off° position keylock (option available on NS400/630 only)

spring-charging lever (stored-energy mechanism)

rating plate (see page 4)

main contacts position indicator (1)

°off° position locking with a padlock (see page 42)

mechanism °charged/ discharged° indicator (2)

operations counter (option available on NS400/630 only)

push button to close contacts

push button to open contacts

manual/automatic operation selector (3)

The motor mechanism module can be used to open and close the circuit breaker and charge the operating mechanism spring via electrical signals. Its position and small dimensions leave trip unit settings visible and accessible. It can be tipped forward for access to connections ans auxiliaries (voltage releases, indication switches).

(1) main contacts position indicator

closed

open/isolated l'OFF

Isolation is guaranteed when the indicator signals OFF.

(2) mechanism status indicator

charged

discharged

spring charged

spring discharged

(3) manual/automatic operation selector :

in manual mode, electrical control signals are inhibited,

in automatic mode, only electrical control signals are executed.

operation cycle in manual mode

(locking in position is possible) manual spring charging

operating cycle in automatic mode automatic spring charging

110

0 OFF: charged

manual spring charging

ON discharged

manual spring charging

J _OFF

(locking in position is possible)

---11141Mat dischn;:11---1110-




the motor mechanisms

C801 to C1251 type T motor mechanism

I 4 upstream connections

keylock to block handle

front cover giving access to the manual control

rating plate

lock position open

manual operating handle

Position "ON" closed


downstream connections

Position "OFF" open

The motor mechanism module can be used to open and close the circuit breaker via electrical signals. Its position-and small dimensions leave trip unit settings visible and accessible. It can be tipped forward for access to connections ans auxiliaries (voltage releases, indication switches).

Manual operation is possible by opening the transparent front cover :

breaks the electrical circuit. gives access to the operating handle

(open - close). allows the device to be locked by up

to 3 padlocks.

Locking by 3 padlocks




the circuit breaker with rotary handle

circuit breaker with rotary handle

ON

I -

upstream connection

keylock to block handle (option)

on-position indicator

handle locking using a padlock


tripped-position indicator

rotary handle

off-position indicator

trip button marked 'push to trip"


rating plate (see page 4)

downstream connection

The direct and extended rotary handles do not inhibit:

visibility of and access to trip unit settings,

positive contact indication (suitability for isolation),

indication of the three positions: 0, I, "tripped",

access to the trip test buttton marked "push to trip".

Compact NS100 to 630 optional: handles: the following accessories are available :

MCC version (motor control and command),

machine tool version.

closing

reset

tripped

WON (closed)

a/OFF (open isolated)

circuit breaker equipped with an extended rotary handle

The extended rotary handle comprises :

a case mounted on the Compact NS in place of the front cover (1),

an extension shaft (2), an assembly fixed to the door (handle

and front) (3).

Options :

Telescopic shaft for devices mounted on a withdrawable chassis. With the exception of the rating plate and the "push to trip" button, the extended rotary handle provides the same information as the direct rotary handle, and is achieved in the same manner.

Access to the trip unit settings and the "push to trip" test button is possible when the door is open.

Compact C801 to C1251 option :

includes the same components as the door interlocking version, but is only available with a short extension shaft.

CAM (early make/break contacts) a single early break changeover

contact, used to operate pre-tripping mechanisms.

a double early make contact. Both these contacts are mounted in the 'handle front box' for both the direct and extended versions.




electrical auxiliaries

590009 SD

8°808

OF

[roll Re.umx

Compact NS80

U U U Ft SD SDE OI

O

O I

Compact NS1001160/250 + Vigi (optional)

(1) slot for a MITOP release if the circuit breaker is fitted

with an electronic trip unit; an adapter required if the circuit breaker is fitted

with a thermal-magnetic trip unit and an SDE contact.

(2) slot for auxiliary connections for STR53UE trip unit options.

OF1 OF2 0

MNJMX

(2)

SOE

MITOP

0 SDV

0

0

Compact NS400/630 + Vigi (optional) 1111____11 II II I

Compact C801/1001/1251

All auxiliaries are located behind the circuit breaker front plate, the motor mechanism module or the rotary handle, in a compartment insulated from the power circuits. Function and terminal markings are embossed on the circuit breaker frame for each slot. Auxiliary contacts and releases are physically identical for all ratings.

A single type of auxiliary contact is used for all indication functions (OF, SD, SDE, SDV). The contact function is determined by the slot it occupies in the circuit breaker. Auxiliary contacts snap easily into position.

Connections are made via integrated screw terminals.




electrical auxiliaries

auxiliaries switches

For NS100 to NS630

Ilk))

For C801 to C1251

Auxiliary contacts remotely indicate circuit breaker positions.

Contact OF NC and NO changeover contact. This auxiliary contact indicates the position of the circuit breaker contacts (open or closed).

Contact SDE fault trip indication. This auxiliary contact indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an electrical fault:

overload, short-circuit, insulation fault detected by the Vigi

module.

Switch SD trip indication. This auxiliary contact indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to one of the following:

overload, short-circuit,

earth fault, an MX or MN release, pressing of the "Push to trip" button, racking in or out, manual opening on the front of the

motor mechanism module.

Contact SDV insulation fault indication. This auxiliary contact indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to an earth fault.

Contact CAM early make/break contact which mounts in the rotary handle.

Option COM (communication). For transmission of data using the Dialpact protocol.

voltage releases Voltage releases are used to trip the circuit breaker voluntarily by means of an electric signal (e.g. emergency off button).

Release MN This undervoltage release trips the Compact NS when the voltage in its control circuit drops below 70% of the rated voltage. The circuit breaker can be reclosed as soon as the voltage has reached 85% of the rated value.

Release MX This shunt release trips the Compact NS as soon as the voltage across its terminals reaches 70% of the rated voltage.







how to set up your trip unit

trip unit settings - general comments introduction 12

Compact NS100-160-250 A 14

Compact NS400-630 A 15

Compact C801-1001-1251 A 16

trip unit settings - details thermal - magnetic : TM16D to TM250D 17

electronic :

STR22SE, STR22GE 18

STR23SE, STR23SV 20

STR53UE, STR53SV 21

STR25DE and STR25DE (*) (fine adjustment) 25

STR35SE/GE 27

STR45AE 28

STR45BE 29

STR55UE 30

increased setting range with 150 and 250 A CTs 22

remote indication and electronic trip unit options STR22SE, STR23SE, STR23SV, STR53UE, STR53SV 23

STR45AE/BE, STR55UE 31

testing of electronic trip units STR22SE, STR23SE, STR53UE 32

STR25DE, STR35DE/GE 32

STR45AE/BE, STR55UE 32

electronic trip unit settings for motor protection STR22ME 33

STR43ME 34

STR35ME 36




trip unit settings - general comments

The trip unit is the component that monitors the electrical current flowing through the circuit breaker and opens the circuit breaker in the event of a fault.

thermal-magnetic and electronic trip units detect overloads and short- circuits;

Compact circuit breakers can also be fitted with a Vigi earth-fault protection module that trips the circuit breaker in

the event of an insulation fault (risk of electrocution or fire due to earth leakage current).

All Compact trip units (NS100 to NS630) incorporate the reflex-tripping system, an exclusive Merlin Gerin feature that ensures discrimination, even for very high short-circuit currents.

overload protection Tripping time depends on the level of the fault:

the circuit breaker will trip within 2 hours for a current equal to :

120% of Ir for electronic trip units, 130% of Ir for thermal-magnetic trip

units. the circuit breaker must not trip for a

load under 105% of Ir.

short circuit protection

8 10 1

X In x to

120 2

.60

The tripping is :

time delayed as soon as the current exceeds the Isd threshold.

instantaneous as soon as the current exceeds the li threshold. The ME trip units conform to IEC 947-4.1 (motor protection).

;X it 10

.3

In 1997, IEC 947-4.2 brought modification to the symbols related to the settings of the trip units. These modifications are :

the short circuit threshold is lsd (instead of Im) re the short circuit time delay is tsd (instead of tm)

the instantaneous threshold is Ii (instead of I)

the earth fault protection threshold is Ig (instead of In)

the earth fault protection time delay is tg (instead of tn) These new symbols have been applied to NS400/630 trip units STR53UE and STR43ME (issued after the modification)




terminology of the overload and short-circuit protection settings

Ic2 1cl

lo x 1r

r

0 adjustable for all modeles

0 fixed for : TM16D to 250D STR22SE / 22GE / 22ME, STR23SE, STR25DE, STR35SE / GE / ME

adjustable for : STR43ME, STR53UE, STR45AE / BE, STR55UE

Im ,or

lsd 0 fixed for : TM16D 160 /TM16G to TM63G, STR22ME

adjustable for all other models

tm or

ON tsd

OFFS --

fixed for: TM16D to 250D STR22SE / GE / ME, STR23SE, STR25DE / GE

adjustable for : STR45AE / BE STR35SE / GE, STR43ME, STR53UE, STR55UE

® fixed for : STR22SE / GE / ME, STR23SE / GE, STR35SE / GE / ME, STR43ME

adjustable for : STR53UE, STR55UE

Long time protection against overloads 0 lo = coarse adjustment

(function of In) Ir = fine adjustment

tr = long time delay fixed or adjustable depending on the trip unit

Short circuit protection 0 Im = short circuit threshold,

or Pt curve in position ON or Isd OFF (depending on the trip

unit)

0 tm = short circuit time delay Or tsd fixed or adjustable,

Instantaneous protection ® I = instantaneous threshold,

or Ii fixed or adjustable depending

on the trip unit

0 1c1= adjustable load shedding threshold for STR45 and STR55

Ic2 = adjustable load shedding threshold for STR45 and STR55

Earth fault protection lh = insulation fault threshold,

Ct or Ig Pt curve in position ON or

OFF

th = earth fault time delay Or

tg





Compact NS100-160-250A 2 interchangeable families

thermal-magnetic trip unit

mini/maxi value of thermal protection

trip unit identification

trip unit rating and reference temperature

magnetic setting (or value if fixed) for short-circuit protection

thermal setting for overload protection

Trip unit identification TM 250 D

type D : standard trip unit G : low magnetic-threshold trip unit

rating

family TM = thermal-magnetic MA = magnetic

electronic trip unit


short time setting (Im) for short circuit protection

test connector (see page 32)

alarm (see page 23)

long time setting lo x Ir (LR) for overload protection lo : base setting Ir : fine adjustment

trip unit rating (calculation basis for settings)

Trip unit identification STR 22 SE

E : IEC P : UL

type S selective trip unit G generator protection trip unit

; M motor protection trip unit

rating group 2 NS100/1 60/250

number of settings

family STR = electronic




Compact NS400-630 A electronic trip unit STR53UE and STR53SV

Trip unit identification STR 53 UE

- r

ci

E : IEC li 9 P : UL

I! --

{type li S selective trip unit

U universal trip unit 1 M motor protection trip unit

,

' rating group ' 3 NS400/630 F

number of settings


STR 53 SV

U > 525V applications


indication/alarm (see page 23)

short time setting for short circuit protection (Isd)

instantaneous setting for short circuit protection (Ii)

earth fault protection (Ig) () slot for the SD option "fault indication"

long time setting (LR) for overload protection lo : base setting Ir : fine adjustment

slot for options "earth-fault" or "load monitoring"

earth fault time delay (tg) () short time time-delay setting (tsd)

long time time-delay setting (tr)

test connector (see page 32)

( ") options only for STR53UE

STR23SE and STR53UE are dedicated for use on networks up to 525 Volts (Ue < 525 V). STR23SV and STR53SV are dedicated for use on ligher operational voltage networks (Ue > 525 V).





C801-1001-1251 A exclusively electronic


indication/alarm (see page 31)

long time setting (LR) for overload protection lo : base setting Ir : fine adjustment

short time setting for short circuit protection (Im)

Trip unit identification STR 5 5

standard E : IEC P : UL

application : isolator

D : distribution S : selective G : generator protection M : motor protection U : universal B : selim

circuit breaker 5 : C801/1001/1251

number of settings


instantaneous setting for high short circuit protection (I)

adjustment for earth fault threshold (Ih)

adjustment for earth fault time delay (th)

load monitoring control

adjustment for short circuit time delay (tm)

adjustment for overload time delay (tr)

test socket (see page 32)




t.

trip unit settings - details thermal-magnetic TM16D to TM250D

:, '

- -- ,, ,

,,,,; v, , ,,, ,,,, ,- =-

-r; 8', 5',

x4250A' , - " '

hrl ic)' 5/ . i ,s, g rc , ..,, ,,,- r",- ,,,:..-- 6 , , ;0 .' . - %

4

' ; %

: ., OA .

,x, 25

, ,

-

-

--

; ;, ' -' :

,

,' / , ,,,, %.'

1 '. ' ,

ii-m260, /7 5110A 250A140°C

- 2- ' ,'e\-0, ., ,--.

* ; ; , , .,

,- '

-Ir I nl ';

, :%' '

Thermal overload protection Setting ', = trip:unit rating (A) ..; ,. -, ;;,.L "5, .- ' , -, .: V , 4 ; ,,'

'N..; ; ' 25 , ,40 ; 63' 80' 100 = ' 125 : 160 : 200 F',... 250, ' I

08 12 8 20 32 50 4 64 80 100 128 160 200 0.9 , . ,14 4 22 5 36 56 7 72, - 90 112 5. 144, 180, 225 1 16 25 40 63 80 100 125 160 200 250

Ir= 250 Ax 0.9 = 225 A

Magnetic short-circuit protection Setting- , trip unit rating (A), .!;=,, ,. ',,' -ler, ,P ,:. ,.; 1-' ',. c;

25 '' 40 ey" 63 - 80 = 100"' 125'. . 1611;; ,,. 200 , 25o, , .i

5 1000 1250 t

6 1200 1500 7

ed- 1400 1750 ,

8 1600 2000 ' 9 1800 2250 10 2000 2500

Im = 250 A x 8 = 2000 A The circui breaker trips instantaneously when the current exceeds 2000 A.




trip unit settings - details electronic STR22SE and STR22GE

I I

electronic trip unit STR22SE and GE rating 40, 100, 160, 250 A

10 .8 .9

.63

.5

x In

Ir .9 .93

.88 .95

.85 .98 .8 1

x to X it

Long time overload protection STR22SE 40'Ai '', ' Ir (fine adjustment): to (coarse setting); 0.8 , t 0.85. ',; 0.88 , 0.9 - 0.93 ; 0.95' " '0.98 ,1 ^

0.5 16 17 17,5 18 185 19 19,5 20 0.63 20 21 22 22,5 23 23,5 24,5 25 0.7 22,5 24 24,5 25 26 25,5 27,5 28 0.8 25,5 27 28 29 29,5 30 31 32 0.9 29 30,5 31,5 32 33,5 34 35 36 1 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

STR22SE 100 A ;), Ir (tine adjustment) ID tVCOtiftie swung) %La V", ; V.00 ' V. , r ULM, 'a V.VO . V.70 1 '

0.5 40 42,5 44 45 46,5 47,5 49 50 0.63 50,5 53,5 55,5 57 59 60 62 63 0.7 56 59,5 61,5 63 65 66,5 68,5 70 0.8 64 68 70,5 72 74,5 76 78,5 80 0.9 72 76,5 79 81 83,5 85,5 88 90 1 80 85 88 90 93 95 98 100

STR22SE160'K 1 : lilinaladjUstnientKi- lo (coarse setting), t0.8"; ^t' ';.- 0.85 0:884 a 4'44 0.9 4' '" - 0.93 / 0:95 .: 0.98, I, 1- "4; : 0 5 64 68 70,5 72 74,5 76 78,5 80 0 63 81 86 89 91 94 96 99 101

0 7 89,5 95 98,5 101 104 106,5 110 112 08 '102,5. 109 112,2 115 ' 119 121,5 125,5 128 0.9 115 122,5 127 129,5 134 137 141 144 1 128 136 141 144 149 152 157 160




pTR22SE'250 A h. (fine adjUstirient) 'r- ou,kcuarammetungy, , u.o ; , um70..-- umao..; um r . U.V17,,. 1./..V0 , %LUC/ l ,P1, , 3

0.5 100 106 110 112,5 116 119 122,5 125 0.63 126 134 138,5 142 146,5 150 154 157,5 0.7 140 149 154 157,5 163 166 171,5 175 0.8 160 170 176 180 186 190 196 200 0.9 180 191 198 202,5 209 214 220,5 225 1 200 212,5 220 225 232,5 237,5 245 250

Eg. In

to

Ir

160 A

0.5 10.6 0.70.81 0 91 1 1

coarse setting 128 A t"

0.8 0.9 0.93 Mg 0.98EN

Ir=128Ax 0.9=115A

r x in x lo

Urn 5 6

2 10

x Ir

8

Short-circuit protection

Eg. In

IO

Ir

160 A

0.5 k16310.710.810 91 1

0.8 0.85 0.8 0.9 CU 0.98E1

Ir= 128 Ax 0.9=115A

2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 10

Im = 115 Ax 5=575A

With an electronic trip unit, the short circuit threshold is a multiple of the overload setting.

The device trips instantaneously when the current exceeds 575 A.




ilm= 298 Ax 7 =2086 Ali

trip unit settings - details electronic STR23SE, STR23SV

The trip unit rating for STR23SE, STR23SV, STR53SV and STR53UE is fixed by the current transformer within the circuit breaker.

Overload protection Compact NS400 ' ,,,? IrAfine adjustinehtP" ,

to '(coarse setting) 0:8 0.85 0.88 0.9 , 10.93 0.95' 0.98 1

0 5 160 170 176 180 186 190 196 200 0 63 202 214 222 227 234- 239 247 252 0.7 224 238 246 252 260.' 256 274 280 0.8 256. 272 282 300 298 304 314 320 0.9 288 306 316 324 334 342 352 360 1 320 340 352 360 372 380 392 400

Compact NS630 Ir (fine adjustment) to -(coarse setting) 0.8,4i 0.85, 0:88. 0.9%.,, - 0.93- 0.95 s ,, 0.98 ;:, 1 ;,R1

0.5 252 268 277 284 293 299 309 315 0.63 318 337 349 357 369 377 389 397 0.7 352 374 388 396 410 418 432 441

0.8 403 428 443 472 469 479 494 504 0.9 453 481 498 510 527 538 555 567 1 504 535 554 567 586 598 617 630

Example of protection settings

Eg. In

0 Ir

400 A

0.510.631 0.710.810.91 1

coarse setting 320 A 0.8 DERIIE IlEDER0.9817 0.9

Ir=320Ax 0.93 = 298 A

Short circuit protection

Ir 9 93

1-15

x to

IM 5 6

2 10

x Ir

For a NS400 circuit breaker with 400 A CTs, the STR23SE trip unit is calibrated at 400 A

The short circuit threshold is a multiple of the overload setting.

Eg. In 400 A

to 0.510.6310.710.810.91 1

Ir 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.98 KM

1.1r= 320 Ax 0.93 = 298A11

2 1 3 r 4 1 5 1 6 13.711 8 1 10 1




trip unit settings - details electronic STR53UE and STR53SV

trip unit adjustment STR53UE Overload protection Compact NS400 , ; li (fine adjustment) ' -

lo" cdarse setting) 0.8> ,, 0.85 - 0.88 , 0.9 - 0.93 7 .- 0.95 t, 0.98' " 1:' ,' % ' i

0 5 160 170 176 180 186 190 196 200 0 6 192 204 211 216 223 . 228 235 240

0 7 ^ . 224 238 246 252 260 - 266 274 280 0.8 256 272 281 288 297 304 313 320

0.9 288 306 316 324 334 342 352 360

1 320 340 352 360 372 380 392 400

:Compaat,NS630 . il- li (fine ciditistment) . '

to.(coarse setting)' 0.8, 0.85 `;' 0.88 -- - 0.9 ->', 0.93 . . 0.95 - `- 0.98 _1 :. . ..

0.5 252 267 277 283 292 299 308 315

0.6 302 321 332 340 351 359 370 378 0.7 352 374 388 396 410 418 332 441

0.8 403 428 443 453 468 478 493 504

0.9 453 481 498 510 527 538 555 567 1 504 535 554 567 585 598 617 630

Trip unit STR53UE provides an even finer balance between safety and service continuity for installations with special characteristics (for example induction furnaces, fluorescent lighting, arc-welding systems, SCR-based

Short circuit time delay

Options : see page 23.

regulation systems, etc.), by the use of three additional settings:

instantaneous tripping threshold (I); overload protection delay (tr); short circuit protection delay (tm).

Overload time delay

tr is given at 6 Ir

Increased short circuit protection with the adjustable instantaneous threshold, I

Eg In

11.51 2 1 3 1 4 (691 8 1 10 1 11 1

-411P- li=400Ax6=2400A

The tripping time is faster than that of the short circuit time delay. The threshold is a function of the circuit breaker rating.




increased setting range with 150 and 250 A CTs

trip unit adjustment STR23SE / STR23SV

Overload protection NS400 (180 A)-: 7 lr: (fine adjuiltment ) lo coarse'setting) , 0.8. k4 0.85 , ,"''' 0.418' 0.9 ' ' 0.93 ,_ " 0.95 °. . 0.98 1 - ..r. .=,1

05 60 63,76 66 67,5 69,75 71,25 73,5 75 0 63 75,6 80,32 83,16 85,05 87,88 ' 89,77 92,61 94,5 0 7 84 89,25 92,4 94,5 97,65 99,75 102,9 105 0.8 96 102 105,6 138 111,5 114 117,6 120 0.9 108 114,75 118,8 121,5 125,55 128,55 132,5 135 1 120 127,5 132 135 139,5 142,5 147 150

,448400 (250 A) = , Jr One adjUstment) ',, ,- .

to (coarse setting) 0:8 0.85 ' . 0.813 0.9; . ' "0.93 i 0.95 , 0.98 ,,i- 1., ' ,- 4

0.5 100 106,25 110 112,5 116,25 118,75 122,5 125 0.63 126 133,87 138,6 141,75 146,57- 149,62 154,35 157,6 0.7 140 148,75 154 157,5 162,75 , 166,25 171,5 175

0.8 160 170 176 180 185 190 196 200 0.9 180 191,25 198 202,5 209,25 213,75 220,5 225 1 200 212,2 220 225 232,5 237,5 245 250

trip unit adjustment STR53UE / STR53SV

Overload protection 44S400.(150 A) - , < Ir (fine adjustment) ,,,,,;,, ',, .

lo (coarse setting) , 0.8 , - 0.85 '': 0.88 ., 0.9 t , 0.93 0.95' 0.98 , 4' - 0.5 100 106 110 112 116 118 122 125 0.6 120 127 132 135 139. 142 147 150 0.7 140 148 154 157 162 166 171 175

0.8 160 170 176 180 186 190 200 0.9 180 191 198 202 209 213

_196 220 225

1 200 212 220 225 232 237 245 250

1%1S400 (250 A)",- Jr (fine adjustment) !

lo -(coarse Setting) 0.8 0.85' 0.9 0.93t 0:95 4 0.98' 1

05 60 63 66 67 69 71 73 75 06 72 76 79 81 85 88 90 07 84 89 92 94 97 99 102 105 0.8 96 102 105 108 111 114 117 120 0.9 108 114 118 121 125 128 132 135 1 120 127.5 132 135 139 142 147 150




remote indication and electronic trip unit options STR22SE, STR23SE, STR23SV, STR53UE, STR53SV

indication alarm LED STR22SE and STR23SE

STR53UE/SV

For Compact NS100/160/250: STR22SE or STR23SE The LED lights and remains lit when the load exceeds 90 % of Ir.

For Compact NS400/630: STR53UE or STR53SV Overload indications (%Ir)

LED goes on when the current exceeds 0.9lr;

LED flashes when the current exceeds the long-time thresholds Ir.

Fault indications LEDs indicate the type of fault that caused tripping:

overload (LT protection) of abnormal component temperature (>1r);

short-circuit (ST or instantaneous protection) (>Isd);

microprocessor malfunction (both (>1r) and (>Isd) LEDs go on, plus the (>Ig) LED if the earth fault protection option is present).

The LED blinks for an overload 105% Ir), warning that the circuit

breaker may trip.

When a fault occurs, the LED indicating the type of fault goes of after about 10 minutes to preserve battery power. The information is however stored in memory and the LED can be re- illuminated by pressing the battery/LED test pushbutton. The LED automatically goes off and the memory is cleared when the circuit breaker is reset

options for STR53UE

7 tripping threshold adjustment Ig 0.2 to 1 x In

tripping time adjustment

Earth fault protection - option T This function will trip the circuit breaker in the event of a fault to earth on a TNS system.

0 Ig0,2...1 In

12t .OFF 0,1...0,4 s

tg 0




remote indication and electronic trip unit options STR22SE, STR23SE, STR53UE

ammeter (I) A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of 11,12,13 and I neutral. LEDs indicate the phase for which the current is displayed.

Ammeter display limits: minimum current 0,2 x In (lower currents

are not displayed) ;

maximum current 10 x In.

zone selective interlocking (ZSI)

A number of circuit breakers are interconnected one after another by a pilot- wire. In the event of a short-time or earth fault:

if a given trip unit STR53UE detects the fault, it informs the upstream circuit breaker which applies the set time delay;

if the trip unit STR53UE does not detect the fault, the upstream circuit breaker trips after its shortest time delay. In this way, the fault is cleared rapidly by the nearest circuit breaker. In addition, the thermal stresses on the circuits are minimised and time discrimination is maintained throughout the installation.

The trip unit STR53UE can only handle the downstream end of a zone selective interlocking function. Consequently, the zone selective interlocking option cannot be implemented between two Compact NS circuit breakers.

Opto-electronic outputs The use of opto-transistors ensures total isolation between the internal circuits of the trip unit and the circuits wired by the user.

communication (COM) Transmission of data to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules. Transmitted data:

settings; phase and neutral currents (rms values); highest current of the three phases; overload condition alarm;

cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit, etc.).




trip unit settings - details electronic STR25DE

CD ®

Setting STR25DE

Compact C801114/H/C; ',' i,=:8904V-- ,,- , ,"4- --: o

setting .r: ;' ; ; : ' 1 41 'I. ;; 0.95 k ' 0* ' ' 0.8 -: ,7- 0.7 -," :,. 003 :1 0le,...4, 0,4 ri

Ir(A) 800 760 720 640 560 504 400 320 Compact C1001N/H/Lq In =10004k - -, -- - ' 1 -"- P ' ''' . ` ,' 5' ..' r ' 5' V <,' "

'90titiog ;',' ' - t;',' 0,' 1,i - '.,- 0.95 , ,' 0.9 ,:- 08 , '0.:7: 9.83 :,, 0.5 :,::, 0,4";

Ir (A) 1000 950 900 800 , ' 700 630 500 400

Compact C1251WH/L, In,=1250 A:- , ', : ' - - ' ; ' -1 - -: - ' - , 0 -1,-,

'aettiaii - !': ':! ','- ,1i a: - 0.95 ' -, 0.9` : ' 0.9 -:-"0.7 -: , 0.63- oli, ..;9,4 i:, Ir(A) 1250 1187 1125 1000 875 787 625 500

Example :

In = 1000 A, 1r = 800 A lm = 4000 A

1000 A

0.410.510.6310.810.910.951 1

P-

Ir = 08 x 1000 = 800 A

1.51 2 I 3 1 4 14.5 1 61 8 110

lm= 5 xlr= 4000A




trip unit settings - details electronic STR25DE (*) (fine adjustment)

STR 25DE

10 83

IA,

7

1 -

I

. .1%

,

r) fine adjustment

Setting STR25DE (*)

Compact t88114/HAH In = 800 A'f 3

la: i. , Jr I: ,', , 0275 0.95- .-- 0.925: 09 r, -, 0.875 . 0.85 ', 02 0,5 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 320

0,63 504 491 479 466 454 441 428 403

0,8 640 624 ' 608 592 576 560 544 512

1 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640

nniaCtD1091pUR/I. , - .= 1000 A 2 I - ,

lo -- ,- ' -°' ° Ir 1: ' ,'" 0.975 7 0.94: ';, 0.925- 0.9: ,, '0.875;_ 0.851 7 0,8 . -1

0,5 500 488 475 463 '450 438 425 400

0,63 630 614 599 583 567, , 551 536 504

0,8 ,, 4 4 s ,` spty,:. 780 - 760 -' 740 ;', 720 ' 700 680 640

1 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800 .,,

'tom 'act C1251N/H/L: 1 In = 1250K .. X 4 1, i 4,, . . . .....

lo- : - ir ,

ti 0.975 '; 0.95 _ - 0.925-e 02 ' A 0.875'; ' 025,- 0,8,

0,5 625 609 594 578 563 547 531 500

0,63 788 768 748 728 709 689 669 630

0,8 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

1 1250 1219 1188 1156 1125 1094 1063 1000

x In .8

x 10

3

2

4 5

1.5 10

x Ir

6

8

Example :

C1001N : In = 1000 A, Ir = 720 A, Im = 3600 A,

C)*

1000 A

0.510.630.8 1 1

- 1

base setting 800 A

0.810.8510.87510.910.92510.9510.9751 1

{Ir=800x 0,9 = 720 Ai ; I

1 1.51 2 3 1 4 1;.5'=-1 6 1 8 1 10

Im=720x 5=3600




[1.51 2 1 3 1 4 I51 6 1 8 1 10]

trip unit settings - details electronic STR35SE/GE

0 0 0

SIR 35SE

20; ; .4%/"%l:

4, / / ; t,%. 4',' "' /,.. ; ,A", 4 ,, ' " , 1, ' *',,' '4:4' -rr, /%r,- r': r r% % ''' 11% ..,%, ..f, :,; ;,%, i .,,, ,% ^. ,, , X /., / ,,,,',,, ' 4' , , , , , " ,,,,,::; ' / ' -5; ' 7 i; 1r ,".. ;../ ; 1,nl ,',%s ,,,, <, , ,.. , '' !.. ; ", i * a- ,%, , ,,,, . ,. V . , . :4 ' ,

./ 4,4 , . , ..3.,;.te i , ', , -/ , ,xle "xtr ' 4 / ,

,,: /r,

"/ ' '1, egt4PC1,41

' %;

g % : : g '0"0' /- %.' ' /

i ' ; iin ' l'i , % % % 4 % %; , CsitNi

0

lo

x In

.8

Ir .9

.8 1

xlo

.95

M 4- -5

11- 10

X fr

Setting STR35SE/GE

CoMpact C801N/HA. ir; - ; 7

'.. . ^ ;h. 1 0.975' 0.95 ' , 0.925' 0.9 0.875' 0.85 ! 0,8 ': 1 0,5 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 320

0,63 504 491 479 466 454 441 428 403 0,8 640 624 608 592 576 560 544 512 1 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640

CdriiPaci Cl mkt* 0 - In = ici&A , : -;, 1,, 1 ; , ,,;,!, , ,, : , ,,f T':

10' * - '. ' ' ' - 1,, -, 0.975 0.95 rl 0.925 , 0.9 :;, , Q.875 ;. 0.85. 0,8 0,5 500 488 475 463 450:-',-; 438 425 400 0,63 630 614 599 583 5674 ', : 551 536 504 0,8 ,,, f- ',,. !.(-F):4-:-:. 800 ,,, 780 , 760 - ., 740 , 7 720: ' 700 680 640 1 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

Compact pi251N/Htt: in =li° A - . e

10 '%, : ' ' . 4 . ,- 1r 1, , ' : 0.975 0.95 , 0.925; 0.9 I -- ` 0.875 'i 0.85' 0,8, :1 0,5 625 609 594 578 563 547 531 500

0,63 788 768 748 728 709 689 669 630 0,8 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

1 1250 1219 1188 1156 1125 1094 1063 1000

Io

x In X

95 3

2

Im 4 5

1.5 10

x lr

6

8


Example :

C1001N : In = 1000 A, Ir = 720 A, Im = 3600 A,

1000 A t I

0.5 Ca 0.8 EM coarse setting 800 A

F-r'fv1 0.810.8510.87510.910.92510.95I0.9751 1

t i

Ir = 800 x 0,9 = 720 A I

Im=720x5=3600




1 0.5 10.631 0.81 1 1

trip unit settings - details electronic STR45AE

®

,S1-1:145AE

lo;,63

TFR e

xln

. t

- 8.tm

ern'' -,

4 '01, *

C11011444 C19011444 C 1251844, tr tm '

A et"1

Iirr- ual4Maat

Overload time delay

SettingSTR45AE

t

0

0 rn4li.1,5...101r

rn Ir Im

compact 401N/1.1/L A In; 800 A

Id ' l' 0.975, 0.95 0.925 0.9, 0.875' 0.85'' 0,8 , ';

0,5 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 320

0,63 504 491 479 466 454 441 428 403

0,8 640 624 608 592 576 560 544 512

1 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640

Compact C1001N/H/L ". In =1000 A

lo, = 3 Ir 1 0.975'; 0.95 ', : 0.925 0.9_ , 0.875 0.85- , 0,8

0,5 500 488 475 463 450 - 438 425 400

0,63 630 614 599 583 567 ,,: ' 551 536 504

0,8 :800- 780 , , 760' - 740. -.- 720 , 700 680 640

1 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

Compact '&1251NIA/L. n =12'50 -

lb! ' , , ,1' A 0.975' 0.95 0.925 4 0.0 -, 0.875" 0:85 1 ,. 0,8- ,

0,5 625 609 594 578 563 547 531 500

0,63 788 768 748 728 709 689 669 630

0,8 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

1 1250 1219 1188 1156 1125 1094 1063 1000

lo Im 4 5

5 6

2 8

1.5 10

xIn X IC X Ir


Options : see page 31

Example :

C1001N : In = 1000 A, Ir =720 A, Im = 3600 A,

1000 A I 1

coarse slr atting 800 A

0.8 10.8510.8751 0.910 92510.9510.9751 1

Ir= 800 x 0 9=720A

1.51 2[ 3 1 4 F55',1 6 1 8 1 10

Im =720 x 5 =3600

28 - Schneider Electric



Ir = 800 x 0,9 = 720 Ai

trip unit settings - details electronic STR45BE

lo .63

x In

Ir .9

.8

.8

X lo

.95

X lr

Overload time delay

Setting STR45BE

Compact 08014*. to It 1 0:975' 0.95 J 0.925 0.9g 0.875 0.85 0,

0,5 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 320 0,63 504 491 479 466 454 441 428 403 0,8 640 624 608 592 576 560 544 512 1 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640

Compact.C1001N/H/L. In r:iboo 10 a 1r 1 0 975 , 0.95 t 0 925 0.9 0.875 > 0 85 0,8 0,5 500 488 475 463 450 438 425 400 0,63 630 614 599 583 567 551 536 504 0: 800 780 -:, 760 740 :. 720 1: 700 680 640 1 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

oMPact 01251

lo 'f - ' 1r 1, 0:975 0.95: 0.925 ' 0.9' ' =- M875 0.85 ; ,: 0,110,, I 0,5 625 609 594 578 563 547 531 500 0,63 788 768 748 728 709 689 669 630 0,8 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800 1 1250 1219 1188 1156 1125 1094 1063 1000

lo

x In X

93

Im 4 5

1.5 10

x Ir

8



Example :

C1001N : In = 1000 A, Ir =720 A, Im = 3600 A,

O to

Ir

Cs*

1000 A 1 ;

0.5 10.631 0.8 1 1

se_ 4

coarse tting 800 A

0.810.8510.8751:0.910.92510.9510.9751 1

F

1.51 2 1 3 1 4 145 M 6 1 8 110

Im= 720 x 5 =3600




Im=720x5=3600A1

trip unit settings - details electronic STR55UE

® 10 10 0®

'STR 55UE

TFR

4

Cm, lizni C10a1 N. 1. C1251t141

tito s too .g 15,n. , 12

4,

+

<int: , 44.6

65., 1f644;-.3"-'7*-!'n tt, .4,1! 1,1):1

11,924° -fa

1,- 4;3 Ir tzSe, lel

tr ' A tm th

lo Ir

.8 1

X 10

.95

x In

Overload time delay



Setting STR55UE

Compact C801 WH/L 41=i

lo - Ir 0.975 '4 0:95 ', 0.925 0.9. : 0.875 , 0.85 , 0,8,

0,5 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 320

0,63 504 491 479 466 454 441 428 403

0,8 640 624 608 592 576 560 544 512

1 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640

to

CompactÒ1001 NINA, In = 1000A

tel ' - '" 0.975 0.95 , 0.925' 0.9 x , 0.875- '2 0.85 b 0,8

0,5 500 488 475 463 450: 438 425 400

0,63 630 614 599 583 567, 551 536 504

0,8 F 800 ' 780, 760; 740'1 720; : 700 680 640

1 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

oinPaCt 0251N/hit:, -In,= 1250 A- to lr 1 0.975 -,, 0.95 0.925' : 0.9 , 0.875- 0.85 0,8

0,5 625 609 594 578 563 547 531 500

0,63 788 768 748 728 709 689 669 630

0,8 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

1 1250 1219 1188 1156 1125 1094 1063 1000

Example :

C1001 N : In = 1000 A, Ir =720 A, Urn = 3600 A, I = 6000 A

E)

100

1000 A '

1_0.510.6310.81 1

coarse setting 800 A

0.810.8510.8751°0.91092510.9510.9751 1

- t

Ir=800x09=720A

1.51 2 1 3 1 4 1;5'1 6 1 8 110

21 31 41 5 16', 8 1A1B

I, I = 6 x In = 6000 A


i fl

"



remote indication and electronic trip unit options STR45AE/BE, STR55UE

indication LED alarme

SB 60 75 90 >405.%Iri

Fault indication - option F this option is not available on the STR45BE.

STR45AE/BE STR55UE options

ter 9 .93'

85441)41i .98

Load shedding control - option R Icl = 0,8 to 1

v-f) Ic2= 0,5 to 1

Earth fault protection - option T earth fault protecyion setting for your network 0 lh = 0,2 to 0,6 In

12t = constant : ON or OFF

0 th = 0,1 to 0,4 s




testing of electronic trip units STR22SE, STR23SE, STR53UE, STR25DE, STR35SE/GE STR45AE/BE, STR55UE

testing of electronic trip units mini test kit

A test socket on the front of the electronic trip units enables connection to a mini test kit or calibration test kit. These kits tests trip unit operation and circuit breaking tripping.

calibration test kit The calibration test kit checks the protection systems by measuring the real tripping times at any point of the tripping curve. This device checks that the trip unit is operational and that the breaker will trip according to the tripping curve.

32 Schneider. Electric



trip unit settings - details electronic STR22ME, STR35ME for motor protection

Protection settings (STR22ME) overload protection, adjustable

threshold Ir conformes to tripping class 10 according to IEC 947-4-1

protection against single phase operation : initiates circuit breaker opening in 3.5 to 6 s ;

short circuit protection :

fixed threshold, 193,03 x Ir) Q, fixed time delay 1'. instantaneous protection against high

short circuits, fixed threshold (13 x In)

Indication as standard Indication of load by diode on front face :

non operational for I < 1.05 x In ;

flashes for I 1.05 x In.

trip unit STR22ME' rating(A) 2 ; adjustment thresholds (A) . '

20 12 12.6 13.4 14.2 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 15 15.7 16.7 17.7 18.7 20 21.2 22.5 23.5 25 40 24 25.5 27 28.5 30 32 34 36 38 40 50 30 31.5 33.5 35.5 37.5 40 42.5 45 47.5 50 80 48 51 54 57 60 64 68 72 76 80 100 60 63 67 71 75 80 85 90 95 100 150 90 95 101 107 113 120 127 135 142 150 220 132 140 148 157 166 177 187 198 209 220




trip unit settings - details electronic STR43ME for motor protection

%I

/ to',' P ir ' Ind , .

?5 731 , .90.93 , 9 10

83. , - ', 8.,.

2.: . 85..* , 98 7....., .,L .,.. 12

8 '". N1 , 60 '13 8 in x to > x 0 ,

', ti 20 0

1 0At ,

.:; /

sir sharIM .!. MOM

IEC 947-4-1

nrin ULOUU

111 1111 1131

tr

Ir tsd .

Protection settings (STR43ME) overload protection :

adjustable threshold, h.®, adjustable long time delay

conformes to trip unit classes types 5, 10 and 20 according to IEC 947-4.1 ;

protection against single phase operation : initiates circuit breaker opening in 4 s ± 10%;

short circuit protection :

adjustable threshold, Im (6 to 13 x Ir)

fixed time delay instantaneous protection against high

short circuits, fixed threshold (13 x In)

Overload protection settings Compact NS400 : ' If (fine adjustment) , :. , ,

Iot(coarse setting) 0:8" 0.85: - 0.88' -, 0.9 ' 0.93 , i 0.95 0.98 1 , x

0 5 160 170 176 180 186 190 196 200 0 56 180 190 197 202 208 . 215 220 224 0 63 202 214 222 227 234, - 239 247 252 0.7 224 238 246 252 260 256 274 280 08 ' 256 272 282 300 298 304 314 320

Compact NS630, Ir -(fine adjustment)' - ,,,

to (coarse setting) 0.8. 0.85 - 0.88 0.9, - 0.93 0.95" r 0.98 , 1 '; ; j 0.5 252 268 277 284 293 299 309 315 0.56 282 300 310 318 328 335 346 353 0.63 318 337 349 357 369 377 389 397 0.7 352 374 388 396 410 418 432 441

0.8 403 428 443 472 469 479 494 504

Example ofprotection settings

Eg. In

to

Ir

400 A

0.510.631 0.710.810.9 1 1

setting coarse settmg 320 A

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 ME 0.98p

Ir = 320 A x 0.93 = 298 A

6 1 7 1 8 1 9 110.1 11 1 12 1 13

Im = 298 A x10 = 2980 A

Increased setting range with 150-250 A CTs

Ns400 (150 ik)-- ,-- :-. Ir;(fine,adjustnient)Z IOAcoarse,setting):F 0.85' 0.85= 4. 0.811,e, 0.9,4 ;14: 0.93' : 0.95`,r 0.98,;', '?, 1:,c ;

0.5 60 63.76 66 67.5 69.75 71.25 73.5 75 0.56 67.2 71.4 73.92 75.6 78.12 79.8 82.32 84 0.63 75.6 80.32 83.16 85.05 87.88 89.77 92.61 94.5 0.7 84 89.25 92.4 94.5 97.65 99.75 102.9 105 0.8 96 102 105 6 138 111_5 114 117.6 120

NS400 (250}V,i,, '-1"1 Ire(fineadjUifinent) --;;;;;V' '1

lo'AcCiarse'settifigy, 0.8 ;',,- r,f, 0.85 It ; 0.88W ,0.9f t' ',0:93'il," 0.95 =:'.'. 0:98'441,A5,;-":1 0.5 100 106.25 110 112.5 116.25 118.75 122.5 125 0.56 112 119 123.2 130.2 133 137.2 140

0.63 126 133.87 138.6 .126 141.75 146.57 149.62 154.35 157.6

0.7 140 148.75 154 157.5 162.75 166.25 171.5 175 0.8 160 170 176 180 185 190 196 200




1'

options for trip unit STR43ME

ammeter (I) A digital display continuously indicates the current of the phase with the greatest load. By pressing a scroll button, it is also possible to display successively the readings of 11, 12,13 an the long time threshold setting Ir.

LEDs indicate the phase or setting for which the current is displayed.

Ammeter display limits: minimum current 0,2 x In (lower currents

are not displayed) ;

maximum currents 10 x In.

contactor tripping module (SDTAM)

opens the contactor in the event of an overload. It is thus possible to differentiate between tripping due to overloads and short- circuits;

may also be used to signal a thermal fault; must be reset manually (locally or

remotely; compatible with the following control

voltages: 24 to 72 V DC and 24 to 48 V AC, 110 to 240 V AC / DC;

fits in place of the MN and MX auxiliary voltage releases.

communication (COM) Transmission of data to Digipact distribution monitoring and control modules. Transmitted data:

settings; phase currents (rms values); highest current of the three phases;

overload condition alarm; cause of tripping (overload, short-circuit,

etc.).




oveload protection inoperative'

1 1 . 5 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 1 8 1 10 1

trip unit settings - details electronic STR35ME for motor protection

0 0

'STR 35ME

t

tt ktele "

'__on,,- -

,ett , 4

I

C SDI 14.14 " C10012144 C C12S1ON

z - It le 12 12

- - A

BS 0-* 2 S''e X101 1:5 "

ij zte

orodnitit,

' tin

.8

.63

lo Settings STR35ME

Compact C80114/1-1/1: In= 800 A

"::: 0.975 'O95 : 0.925. 0:9 1 , 0.875 - 0.85 0,8 - ' !

0,5 400 390 380 370 360 350 340 320

0,63 504 491 479 466 454 441 428 403

0,8 640 624 608 592 576 560 544 512

1 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640

Co:41108'a C1001NIMAL .1aou-A -

13: - Jr, 1 " 0.975' 395- _ .0.925 ,. 0.9 , 0.875 0.85 :, 0,8 ' 0,5 500 488 475 463 450 438 425 400

0,63 630 614 599 583 567 551 536 504 0,8 800 780 760 740 720 700 680 640 1 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

CrirritiaCt 01251,1/11/1. CO' 1 1 in =1250 A . , -, :-: -1'73

lo= -- - " , 2 Ir 1 :.' r 0.975 0.95 ', . 0.925 0.9; 1 ' 0.875 0.85 : 0,8 .', .;

0,5 625 609 594 578 563 547 531 500 0,63 788 768 748 728 709 689 669 630

0,8 1000 975 950 925 900 875 850 800

1 1250 1219 1188 1156 1125 1094 1063 1000

.63

Jo

x 8 1

x lo

Urn 4 5

1.5 10

x Ir

8


Example :

C1001N : In = 1000 A, Im = 6000 A,

1000 A

0.410.510.6310.81 1 'OFF

pre-rating:1000 A

Im=6x1n=6000 A




supplementary functions

Vigi bloc and Visu bloc 38

plug-in base 39

withdrawable chassis for Compact NS100 to 630 40

universal chassis for Compact C801 to 1251 41

locking options 42

locking and lead sealing 43




Vigi bloc and Visu bloc

Vigi bloc

intermediate terminal shield (1)

sealable fixing screw for the intermediate terminal shield

sealing point for plate blocking access to the settings

plate blocking access to the settings

test push-button

reset push-button

rating plate

slot for SDV auxiliary switch (optional)

trip time delay settings (2)

sensitivity settings

The Vigi bloc provides residual current protection against indirect contact and the risk of fire and destruction due to faults to earth. It actuates the trip unit

by means of a direct mechanical action. The Vigi bloc can be fitted with an alarm contact (SDV) which can be used to remotely indicate that the device has tripped due to an earth fault .

The "Test" push button allows regular verification that the Vigi bloc is operational by simulating an earth fault. The test cannot be carried out with the circuit braker in the open position. The "Reset" push button. After all trips initiated by the Vigi, this button must be pressed in order to reset the Vigi.

(1) The intermediate terminal shield is necessary in order for the Vigi to function. (2) When the device is set to 30mA, any time delay selected is nullified i.e. instantaneous operation.

rating plate

cOily.e

type of Vigi module

operational voltage and frequency

standardised symbols: (see page 4)

n. immunity to current 8/20 wave and electromagnetic environment class A immunity to DC components (6 mA insensitivity)

zs minimum operating temperature as per VDE 664

schematic diagram

the Visu bloc The standard fixed versions of the Compact circuit breakers exist in ratings 100 A to 1250 A. A Visu bloc can be directly connected, which provides visible break isolation according to French standard NF C 13.100 : the contacts are visibles through a transparent cover, and are operated by means of a handle. The Visu bloc is padlockable as standard with barrel locking optional. Specific auxiliaries are available for the Visu bloc : auxiliary contacts, terminal shields, etc. The Compact NS100/630 and C801/ 1251 can be equiped, as an option, with a pre-tripping mechanism preventing the "on-load" opening of the Visu bloc.

The Visu bloc must be fitted with a CAM contact and the circuit breaker with a voltage release.

Connection fixed front connected. The Compact

circuit breakers with Visu bloc are delivered ready for connection by bars or cables fitted with lugs;

connection of bare cables : upstream by a set of terminals for the Visu bloc and downstream a set of teminals for the Compact;

accessories : the Visu bloc can be fitted with terminal spreaders, right angle terminals, terminal extensions and lugs.

fixed rear connected : by adaptation of the Compact's specific rear connectors with the Visu bloc, delivered per pole.

The Ccimpact circuit breakers with Visu bloc can be fitted with specific short terminal shields (rear connection) or standard long terminal shields (front connection), both of which are lead sealable.

Accessories Compact NS100/630 with Visu bloc can be fitted with :

in the Visu bloc : auxiliary contacts (OF, CAM), Ronis or Profalux barrel locks, a contact to earth the neutral (obligatory if the tansformer neutral is earthed downstream of the Compact with Visu bloc), etc.

in the Compact NS frame : all the Compact NS auxiliaries.




plug-in version

the plug-in circuit breaker unplugging

1 - open the circuit breaker.

2 - remove the two fixing screws.

3 - pull the circuit breaker out horizontally.

The auxiliary circuits are disconnected by the automatic auxiliary connector block located at the back of the device.

Safety mechanism If the circuit breaker is closed (I/ON position) when pulled out, advanced opening ensures operator safety, i.e. the poles automatically open before the power connections are withdrawn.

plugging in

degree of protection against direct contact with the power circuits


2 - plug the circuit breaker in.

3 - refit the fixing screws. 4 - the circuit breaker is ready for operation.

device plugged in: IP40 (with terminal shields),

device unplugged: IP20, device unplugged and base fitted with

safety shutters: IP40.




withdrawable chassis for Compact NS100 to 630

chassis mounted plug-in circuit breaker disconnection


2 - turn the two locking levers.

3 - simultaneously pull down on the two handles until the two locking levers "clack".

the auxiliary circuits are disconnected at the same time as the power circuits, unless the device is equipped with a manual auxiliary connector (see below). Advanced opening ensures operator safety, as with the plug-in version.

removal 1 - disconnect the circuit breaker (as above). 2 - unplug the manual auxiliary connector (if installed). 3 - turn the two locking levers, as for disconnection.

4 - push the two handles down. 5 - pull the circuit breaker out forwards.

connection 1 - turn the two locking levers. Connection of the auxiliary circuits and 2 - simultaneouly push up the two circuit breaker advanced opening occur handles. as for disconnection.

degree of protection with circuit breaker disconnected or removed

no special equipment: IP20, base fitted with safety shutters: IP40.

auxiliary circuit test

>NI

This function is available when the circuit breaker is equipped with the manual auxiliary connector. Following disconnection, the circuit breaker can be operated (toggle, "push to trip" button) to check the auxiliary circuits are still connected.

indication contacts (optional)

Changeover contacts: "end-of-connection (fully connected)" contact, "end-of-disconnection (fully withdrawn)" contact.

Schneider Electric



universal chassis for Compact C801 to 1251

the withdrawable circuit breaker and universal chassis

1 door interlocking (optional)

2 2 'racked-out auxiliary contacts (optional)

3 position indicator

4 locking by 3 padlocks in the 'racked-in' (or 'racked-out) position

5 racking handle storage

6 locking in the withdrawn (or 'racked-out) position (optional)

7 racking interlock (optional)

8 2 'racked-in' auxiliary contacts (optional)

9 extraction operators (1)

10 connector for withdrawable terminal block (optional)

11 safety shutters IP 40 (optional)

The universal chassis for Compact C801 to C1251 is particularly well suited to main incoming circuit breakers :

racking in and out is possible with the door closed by means of a racking handle which is normally stored in the base of the chassis ;

2 positions (racked-in and racked- out) are indicated :

locally by a position indicator, remotely by auxiliary contacts

(2 racked-in contacts and 2 racked-out contacts) ;

the circuit breaker can be operated from the exterior of the panel.

Locking A wide range of locking options :

chassis locking in both the racked-in and racked-out positions by 3padlocks and 2 barrel locks, accessable from the panel exterior ;

door interlocking, with the breaker racked-in ;

can be locked in the racked-in position with the panel door open.

Door cut-out A set of 'surrounds' allow :

optimises the number of cut-outs :

only 1 cut-out per circuit breaker :

3 and 4 poles, toggle or direct rotary handle

operated ;

guarantees a degree of protection to IP 40. This set comprises :

a frame for the chassis front plate, which gives access to the locking facilities and racking mechanism (see below) ;

a frame for the circuit breaker handle with window to view trip unit settings.

Fixation rear : panel or rail mounted ;

on a shelf : solid or rails. Power connections

by cables with crimped lugs ;

by flat or edgewise bars. Auxiliary connections The standard Compact C withdrawable terminal block.

Door front covers and surrounds

frame for chassis front plate

frame for toggle operation with window to view trip unit settings

frame for rotary handle operation with window to view trip unit settings




ocking options

Whatever locking method is chosen, the circuit breaker will always trip in the event of a fault.

each deVice is able to accept between 1 and 3 padlocks of diameter 5 to 8 mm.

locking in the OFF/0 position guarantees isolation according to IEC 947-2.

toggle furiction .

..

means,- . , .. .,

'occiesporiOs- required o',, $

for circuit breaker NS100 . 630

:1- : '.

'C801...01261 i

locking device in position 0

padlock removable lock. device

locking device in position 0 or I

padlock fixed locking device

standard direct rotary handle function - means % :- accessories for:circiiit breaker - ' required -- --, NS100...630 C801:..C1251

locking device padlock - position 0 keylock locking device

and keylock

MMC type direct rotary handle function '

I., : , , ,

Means : ;1-ccessoriei -required L -

for circuit Breaker -NS100 72.630 csol ':.c1251.4

locking device position 0

padlock -

device in position I :

door opening prevented door open: device closing prevented

rotary handle (integral)

-

extended rotary handle kinction ; c , , - . -.

rneans, accessories' ' required ' 7:

,for Cireuit:breakefj NS100. '630

: ,

P801.:.C1251

locking in OFF position 0 door opening prevented

padlock -

keylock device in I position: door opening prevented door open: device closing prevented

rotary handle (integral)

-

motor mechanism function r ' '-->

means ' ' ' ,accessories,,, required ' for circuit breakers'.

:118160..!636 ,/.,

C801.:!.01261,,

locking in OFF position 0 motor mechanism locked out

padlock -

keylock 1 locking device

1 - set the selector on the front to the manual position. 2 - pull the locking lever. 3 - fit the padlock(s).

It is then impossible to actuate the spring charging lever, the closing pushbutton and the manuaVautomatic operation selector.




locking and lead sealing

withdrawable chassis furiction connection prevented lock in connected or disconnected position

means. padlock

accessories: required

locking device and keylock

keylock

different lead sealing systems

seal inhipited operations

front cover fixing screw removal of front cover

access to auxiliaries

removal of trip unit

rotary handle fixing screw

removal of the rotary handle



motor mechanism cover locking screw

removal of the motor mechanism



transparent protection plate for trip unit settings

transparent protection plate for Vigi module settings

jintermediate terminal shield on Vigi module

changes in settings: for overload protection

for short-circuit protection

changes in settings for earth fault protection

disabling of earth fault protection function

access to power connection (protection against direct contact)

terminal shield fixing screw

access to power connections (protection against direct contact)

interlocking Prevents closing of a circuit breaker when another is already closed.

*Ow means interlocking of 2 circuit breakers fitted with toggle

double-bolt mechanical device

interlocking of 2 circuit breakers fitted with rotary handle

mechanical device

2 keylocks (1 key)







operational conditions

environmental conditions 46

commissioning and exploitation 48

operational anomalies 50

practical advice 51




environmental conditions

ambient temperature operation Ambient temperature between -25°C and +40 °C: The rated characteristics for Compact NS circuit breakers are guaranteed if the temperature of the air immediately surrounding the device is within the above range.

Ambient temperature between +40°C and +70°C :

Take into account the derating coefficients presented in the technical documents:

for circuit breakers with a thermal- magnetic trip unit, there is a natural drop in the thermal tripping threshold (overload protection),

for circuit breakers with an electronic trip unit, there is a drop in the maximum setting authorised for overload protection.

Ambient temperature above +70°C: Various systems trip the circuit breaker to protect components from the effects of excessive temperature. It follows that continuity of service for the electrical

installation is not guaranteed if the circuit breakers operate at temperatures greater than 70°C. Ventilation (natural or forced-air) should be provided for switchboards to avoid temperatures greater than 70°C.

storage and commissioning In their original packing, Compact NS circuit breakers may be stored at temperatures ranging from -55°C to +95°C.

Commissioning should be carried out at normal ambient temperatures (see above). However, commissioning may exceptionally be carried out at an ambient temperature ranging from -35°C to -25°C.

special atmospheric conditions

Compact NS circuit breakers operate within their rated characteristics in all normal climatic conditions. They have successfully passed (no drop in rated characteristics) the tests defined by the following standards:

IEC 68-2-2 : dry heat at +85°C, IEC 68-2-1 : dry cold at -55°C, IEC 68-2-30 : damp heat

(temperature + 55°C, relative humidity 95 %),

IEC 68-2-11 : salt spray.

Compact NS circuit breakers are designed to operate in industrial atmospheres as defined in IEC standard 947 (pollution degree < 3).

It is however advised to ensure that the circuit breakers are installed in correctly cooled switchboards without excessive dust.

vibrations Compact NS circuit breakers are guaranteed against mechanical or electromagnetic vibration levels as specified in the following standards:

IEC68-2-6, Veritas NI122E, Lloyd's Register of Shipping, JIS 8370.

Excessive vibration may however provoke untimely tripping, loosening of connections or even rupture of parts.

Schneider Electric



altitude

electromagnetic disturbances

Compact NS circuit breakers are designed to operate within their rated characteristics at altitudes up to 2 000 metres.

Above 2 000 m, modifications in the ambient air characteristics (dielectric withstand capacity, cooling capacity) result in the following derating:

altitude (m) maximum operating voltage(V) rated thermal current (A) at 40°C

2000 3000 4000 690 600 480 In 0,96 x In 0,93 x In

Compact NS circuit breakers equipped with an electronic trip unit and a Vigi module are protected against:

overvoltages produced by electromagnetic switchgear,

overvoltages produced by atmospheric disturbances and conducted by electrical networks (eg. lightning strikes),

devices emitting radio waves (radio transmitters, walkie-talkies, radar, etc.),

electrostatic discharges produced directly by operators.

They pass EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) tests in compliance with the following international standards:

IEC 255-22-1 class 3: 10 kV 1.2 / 50 Lis overvoltage wave, 2.5 kV1 MHz damped oscillatory

wave, IEC 1000-4-2 class 4:

electrostatic discharges 15 kV, IEC 1000-4-3 class 3:

10 V/m radiated electromagnetec fields, IEC 1000-4-4 class 4:

4 kV fast transient waves, I EC 1000-4-5 class 4: 4 kV 1.2 / 50 Lis voltage waves, 2 kA 8 / 20 pis current waves, EN 50081-1 class B:

conducted and radiated emissions in switchboards,

IEC 947-2 annex F.

The above tests ensure: absence of nuisance tripping, overload tripping times.




commissioning and exploitation

prior to commissioning new circuit breakers or following an extended shutdown

A general check requires only a few minutes and eliminates any risks of incorrect operation due to error or neglect.

All checks must be carried out with the switchboard de-energised. For compartmented switchboards, it is sufficient that all accessible sections be de-energised.

E, prior to commissioning periodically during service life

following servicing on the switchboard periodically during an extended shutdown following an extended shutdown

A electrical tests B switchboard inspection C conformity with diagram D device mounting, connections- E auxiliaries F mechanical operation

(1) (2)

G operation of the electronic trip units and the Vigi modules.

(1) extended shutdown or modifications in the switchboard (2) modification in the switchboard

electrical tests Insulation and dielectric withstand capacity tests are carried out prior to delivery of the switchboard. These tests are governed by applicable standards and must always be carried out by an authorised specialist.

switchboard inspection Check that the circuit breakers are installed in a clean environment, free of dust and all installation debris (tools, wiring, chips, metal particles, etc.).

compliance with diagram Check the conformity of devices with the installation diagram:

ratings and breaking capacities indicated on the rating plates,

trip unit identification (type, rating), presence of additional functions (Vigi

earth fault protection, motor mechanism, rotary handle, auxiliaries, indication and measurement modules),

protection settings (overload, short- circuit, earth fault),

outgoing circuit identification on the front of devices,

for Vigicompact earth fault protection circuit breakers, check that the intermediate terminal shield is installed, otherwise the earth fault protection function is inoperative.

device mounting-status of connections and auxiliaries

Check device mounting in the switchboard and the tightness of power connection.

Check that auxiliaries and accessories are correctly installed:

motor mechanism modules or rotary handles,

accessories (terminal shields, door escutcheons, etc.),

connection of auxiliary circuits.

mechanical operation Check the mechanical operation of devices:

contact opening, contact closing, tripping using the "push to trip".

operation of the electronic trip units and the Vigi modules

Check the electronic trip units using the mini test kit or calibration test kit (see page 13).

Check the Vigi modules using the test button on the front plate. This test guarantees tripping in the event of an earth fault.




following tripping

by the toggle

ON (closed)

tripped

OFF (open/ isolated)

trip indication Tripping is indicated on the front:

by the rotary handle

ON (closed)

OFF (open/ isolated)

by the motor mechanism

identifying causes

irreiker must NEVER'be rjesetbefore identifying and elkninafing"thei cause of the trip.

Causes may be multiple: depending on how the circuit breaker

is fitted out, certain auxiliaries (SD, SDE, SDV, etc.) or LED indications on the trip unit are important means in identifying the cause of the trip (see table page 48),

depending on the cause of the trip and prior to restarting the installation, certain precautions must be taken, namely insulation and dielectric tests on the installation, in part or in whole. These checks and tests must be carried out by qualified personnel.

circuit breaker reset When the lever is in the "tripped" position, the device must first be reset by setting the lever to the 0/OFF position before reclosing (ON position).

toggle

ON "I" closing

tripped

OFF "0" reset

motor mechanism See page 5 for the applicable procedure.

rotary handle




operational anomalies

The table below does not list all possibilities, but can nonetheless assist in troubleshooting and providing corrective action.

If however, the problem persists, consult the Schneider Electric after- sales support department.

roblems

repeated tripping

indication k'55 5.5,,

probablocause, .convetive `55

SD SDE "alarm" on electronic trip units

protection settings are incorrect. check the rated current of the supply network and set the proper value. check the setting for overload protection.

SD supply voltage for the undervoltage release (MN) is too low or subject to major fluctuations.

check the value of the power supply voltage and correct it.

(DC networks are subject to major voltage fluctuations when loads are tumed on.

Voltage drops may provoke tripping on the circuit breaker by the MN release.

SD inadvertent powering of MX shunt release.

determine the causes of the powering.

SD SDE

ambient temperature too high. ventilate the room or the device.

SD SDE SDV

Vigi module settings are incorrect.

insulation fault. check the insulation of the protected circuit.

circuit beaker does not close

manual operation SD SDE

supply network is faulty. identify and eliminate the fault.

SD MX shunt release is supplied with power. determne the causes of the supply of power.

MN undervottage relese is not supplied with power.

check for power across the terminals and that connections are correct.

OF circuit breaker is interlocked. check the installation diagram and the interlocking system (electrical or mechanical) of the two circuit breakers.

motor mechanism OF closing order inoperative. check that the selector on the front is in the automatic position.

check the power supply for the motor mechanism module, the motor and the closing signals.

SDE SD

the device tripped due on an electrical fault.

iii identify and eliminate the fault. manually charge the motor mechanism

module spring.




practical advice

maintaining performance levels of circuit breakers

Due to their design and characteristics, Compact NS circuit breakers require no maintenance. It is nonetheless recommended to ensure that devices operate in the conditions specified in the catalogue, namely:

electrical and mechanical conditions, environmental conditions (see pages

46 and 47).

improved safety The following options are available: long or short terminal shields

providing IP 40 protection, a sealable plate to block access to

settings (thermal-magnetic trip units), flexible phase barriers to improve

insulation between power connections, toggle cover to ensure IP 43

protection.

The base (plug-in configuration) can be fitted with:

shutters to block access to power parts (IP 4x protection).

improved comfort a full range of electrical indication auxiliaries (OF, SD, SDE, SDV),

indication of voltage presence across device terminals,

current measurement module with an incorporated ammeter or remote indication of the measured value,

load-circuit identification means (see Telemecanique catalogue, catalogue number AB1),

alarm indications (standard on devices equipped with electronic trip units).

indication options on trip unit STR53UE (see page 23),

Digipact indication, measurement and control modules.

improved aesthetics a range of escutcheons providing different protection (IP) levels for fixed devices, plug-in and withdrawable configutations, motor mechanism modules and rotary handles.




notes Edmonstone Street Newmarket SPS SP023 Main Switchboard OM Manual


Schneider Electric Industries SA As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication.

5, rue Nadar 92506 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex France

Tel: +33 (0)1 41 29 82 00 Fax:+33 (0)1 47 51 80 20

http://www.schnelderelectrIc.com

C9 This document has been printed on ecological paper.

Design: Schneider Electric Concetion: AMEG Printed: Evol'Repro

ART 73432 07-99




For


Equipment Type: Circuit Breaker

Location:

Model Numbers:

Manufacturer:

Supplier:

Switchboard Circuit Breaker Chassis

Multi 9

Merlin Gerin


Ph: 07 3890 2112 Fx: 07 3890 2098



Multi 9 Miniature Circuit Breakers

Selection Guide

SCIINEIDER Merlin Gerin 11Nledicon Square D 1Telemecanique



'IC3gWffS aTiZtd )83TS0 STZ

Trip Unit Variations

Circuit Protection

A choice of several curves Whatever circuit has to be protected, a C60 or NC100 circuit breaker provides the perfect solution with a suitable curve.

Curve B tripping: 3 to 5 times the rated current (In); protection of generators, persons, very long cables.

Curve C tripping: 5 to 10 In; protection of circuits, general applications.

3

4

5

Curve tripping; 10 to 14 In; protection of high surge circuits, welders transformers, motors.

Curve MA (magnetic only) tripping: 12 In;

protection of motor starters (+ thermal protection when combined with contactor).

Circuit Breaker Marking

3P

MERLIN GAIN molgg C6OH

C63 1 3 5

415V-- * * *

i0000 1

2 .... 2 4 6

6 7

1. Circuit Breaker Model Number

2. Tripping Curve

3. Circuit Breaker Current Rating

4. Operating Voltage

5. Rated Breaking Capacity

6. Circuit Breaker Part Number

7. Electrical Diagram - No. of Poles

lac

prospective lsc peak

/ /

limited I= peak

limited tsc

prospective lac

Prospective current and actual limited current

Circuit Breaker Limitation Capability The limitation capability of a circuit breaker is that characteristic whereby only a current less than the prospective fault current is allowed to flow under short-circuit conditions.

This is illustrated by limitation curves which give:

The limited peak current in relation to the RMS value of the prospective short-circuit current (the short-circuit current being that current which would flow continuously in the absence of protection equipment.

The limited current stress in relation to the RMS value of the prospective short-circuit current.

Current limiting capability. The advanced design of the Multi 9 range provides current limitation with far better protection than con- ventional circuit breakers. For example, on a 6A rating with a prospective short circuit of 5000A. the current will be limited at 350A or 7%.

S CHNEIDER

Installation of current limiting circuit breakers. offers several advantages:

Better network protection Current limiting. circuit breakers considerably reduce the undesirable effects of short-circuit currents in an installation.

Reduced thermal effects Cable heating is reduced hence longer cable life.

O Reduced mechanical effects Electrodynamic forces reduced, thus electrical contacts are less likely to be deformed or broken.

O Reduced electromagnetic effects Measuring equipment situated near an electrical circuit less affected.



1510 as naZ 6,63,VZTS 06frOVZ6 IRTsalefrz

AS3111 / AS3858 / AS3947-2

Model No.

Breaking Capacity

D60 C6ON C6OH C6OH C6OH

4.5kA 6kA 10kA 10kA 10kA

type . width in In cat no cat no mod. of (A) C curve C curve

9mm 1p 2

*

2

cat no B curve

cat no C curve

cat no D curve

2P 4 1 5

* *

LS

2 4

2 protected poles 3P 6

1 3 5

2 1 6

3 protected poles

4P 8 1 3 5 7

* * * *

P 2 4 6 6

4 protected poles

memo I'll

2P 36

3P 54

4.P 72

81

6

1 25797 25839 25639 25696 2 25798 25840 25640 25698 4 25800 25841 25642 25699 6 11354 25801 25842 25643 25700 10 11355 25802 25843 25644 25701 16 11356 25803 25844 25646 25702 20 11357 25804 25845 25646 25703 25 11339 25805 25846 25647 25704 32 11358 25806 25847 25648 25705 40 11359 25807 25848 25649 25707 50 11360 25808 25849 25651 25708 63 11361 25809 25850 25652 25709

1 25811 25852 25653 '25710 2 25812 25853 25654 25712 4 25814 25854 25656 25713 6 25815 25855 25657 25714

10 25816 25856 25658 25715 16 25817 25857 25659 25716 20 25818 25858 25660 25717 25 25819 25859 25661 25718 32 25820 25860 25662 25719 40 25821 25861 25663 25721 50 25822 25862 25665 25722 83 25823 25363 25666 25723

1 25825 - 25865 25667 25724 2 25826 25866 25668 25726 4 25828 25867 25670 25727 6 25829 25868 25671 25728 10 25830 25869 25672 25729 16 25831 25870 25673 25730 20 25832 25871 25674 25731 25 25833 25872 25675 25732 32 25834 25873 25676 25733 40 25835 25874 25677 25735 50 25836 25875 25679 25736 63 25837 25876 25680 25737

1 25878 25007 25211 2 25879 25008 25212 4 25880 25010 25214 6 25881 25011 25215 10 25882 25012 25216 16 25883 25013 25217 20 25884 25014 25218 25 25885 25015 25219 32 25886 25016 25220 40 25887 25017 25221 50 25888 25018 25222 63 25889 25019 25223

44 -.1161-.1 70

45 Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables - 25mm2 up to 25A rating

- 35mm2 above 25A rating. Suitable for Busscomb. MSC18. MSC18/27 Chassis Mounting.

SCHNEIDER .101



C,100 ST6SQT

S 6:0g TS ca6Tovzig )8 effz

AS3111 / AS3858 / AS3947-2

Model No. NC100H NC100LS NC100LMA Breaking Capacity 10kA 36kA 50kA

cat no In. cat no In AC3 type cat no width in A C curve 0 curve C curve (A) kW

-- mm mod. of

I ' 7, -, .: .....:...

25 27

......

7 m"--

1 .J1 1 =

63 27252

ip

2

3 10 27245

32 27224489

40 27250 50 27251

27289 27290 27291 27292 27293 27294 27295 27296

27377 : * 16 27246 27378 20 27247 27379

27383 firr 27384

80 27253 27297 100 27254 27298 125 27255

cat no

2P 6

Igt---3333 6'1

1 3

2

2 protected poles

3P 9

3 5

)'<

10 27256 27300 27388 16 27257 27301 27389 20 27258 27302 27390 25 27259 27303 27391 32 27260 27304 27392 40 27261 27305 27393 50 27262 27306 27394 63 27263 27307 27395 80 27264 27308 100 27265 27309 125 27266

3 protected poles 4p 12

1 3 5 7

* * *

2 4 8 9

10 27267 27311 27399 1.6 16 27268 27312 27400 2.5 20 27269 27313 27401 4.0 25 27270 27314 27402 6.3 32 27271 27315 27403 10 40 27272 27316 27404 12 50 27273 27317 27405 16 63 27274 27318 27406 25 80 27275 27319 40 100 27276 27320 125 27277

0.37 27564

1.5 27566 2.2 27567 4 27568

5.5 27569 7.5 27570 10 27571

18.5 27572

4 protected poles

10 27278 27322 27399 16 27279 27323 27400 20 27280 27324 27401 25 27281 27325 27402 32 27282 27326 27403 40 27283 27327 27404 50 27284 27328 27405 63 27285 27329 27406 80 27286 27330 100 27287 27331 125 27288

(21 Lci LoJ

81 45

7E1 P

2P 54

3P 31

4 p 108

4.4

6 70

Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables - 35mm2 up to 63A rating - 50mm2 above 63A rating.

Suitable for MSC27. MSC18/27 Chassis Mounting.

SCHNEIDER



MX + OF shunt trip release C60

MN undervoltage release

Auxiliaries

width in voltage mod. of 9mm 2 220-415V AC

110-130V AC 48-130V AC 48V DC 24V AC and DC

1 4 12 02 CI

width in

mod. of 9mm voltage

NC100 cat. No. voltage cat. No.

26946

26947 26948

cat. No.

instantaneous 2 220-240V AC 26960

48V AC 26961 48V DC 26962

time delayed 0.5s 4 220-240V AC 26963

220-380V AC 240-415V AC 27136 110-220V AC 110-125V DC 27137 24-48V AC and DC 27138

voltage cat. No.

220-240V AC-DC 27140

220-240V AC/DC 27143

SD alarm switch

ti

OF auxiliary switch

01 02

width in

mod. of 9mm cat. No. cat. No.

26927 I 27135

width in

mod. of 9mm cat. No. cat. No.

26924 27132

0 0 1 12

Auxiliaries combinations MN Of MX OF MX MX OF OF MX Of Or Or and and Of and OF SD MN MN SO SD MN Or SD

NC100 MN Of

MX

OF Of

SO

OF Or SD

V

9

OF and SD

V

9

OF Of SD

OF MX and and SD MN

II I

OF and SD

MN Of MX

-101



M:sage g Co- fpocc )8'.%1k2,ccattsced ZezCfP6f1124,g-Oft8, 771133172

For each combination of two circuit breakers, the tables indicate the:

15/25

downstream device breaking capacity enhanced by cascading

selectivity limit enhanced by cascading

Upstream circuit breaker: Compact NS160 to NS250. Downstream circuit breaker: Multi 9

The shaded background indicates that the two values are equal. i.e. for all faults likely to occur downstream, only the downstream device trips (total discrimination).

Upstream NS160N

36 kA

trip unit TM-D

NS250N

36 kA

NS160H/L

70/150 kA

I NS250H/L

I 70/150 kA

Downstream rating 80 100 125 160 160 1 200 250 80 100 125 160 160 200 250

C60N 6 kA 516 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 20-25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 32-40 15/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 15/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30

50 10 /25 15 / 25 25 /25 25 /25 25 /25 25 /25 25/25 15 /30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30

63 15/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30

C60H 10 kA 516 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 40/40 40/40 40/40 Or 20-25 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 50/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 40/40 40/40 40/40 V4OH 32 -40 15/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 15/50 50/50 50/50 50/50 40/40 40/40 40/40

50 15 / 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30 15/ 40 40/ 40 40/ 40 40/ 40 30/ 30 30/ 30 30/ 30

63 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 40/40 40/40 40/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 NC100H 10 kA 50, 2.5 / 25 2.5 / 25 2.5 / 2512.5 / 25 25 / 25 25 / 25 25 / 25 2.5 / 30 2.5 / 30 2.5 / 30 2.5 / 30 30 / 30 30 / 30 30 / 30

63 25 / 25 2.5 / 25 2.5 / 25 25 / 25 25 / 25 25 / 25 2.5 / 30 2.5 / 30 2.5 / 30 30 / 30 30 / 30 30 / 30

80 2.5 / 25 2.5 / 25 25 / 25 25 / 25 25 / 25 2.5 / 30 2.5 / 30 30 / 30 30 / 30 30 / 30

100 2.5/25 25/25 25/25 25/25 2.5/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 trip unit STR22SE

Downstream rating 100 160 250 100 160 1 250

C6ON 6 kA 563 1.2/25 25/25 25/25 1.2/30 30/30 130/30

C6OH 10 kA 540 1.2/25 30/30 30/30 1.2/40 50/50 140/40

C6OH 10 kA 50-63 1.2/ 25 30/30 30/30 1.2/40 40/ 40 140/ 40

V4OH 10kA 540A 1.2/25 30/30 30/30 1.2/40 50/50 140 / 40

NC100H 10 kA 5100 1.2/25 2/ 25 25/ 25 1.2/30 2/30 130/30

Upstream NS160H NS250H NS160L NS250L

70 kA I 70 kA 150 kA I 150 kA

trip unit TM-13 or STR22SE

Downstream rating 80 100 125 160 160 200 250 80 100 1 125 160 1 160 200 250

NC100LS

36 kA

10 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

16 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

20 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

25. 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

32 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

40 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/100 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

50 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 70 / 70 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

63 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/70 70/701 70/70 100/100 100/100 100/1001100/100 100/100 100/100

Cascading (back up) at 415V Ustream Com act NS100N I NS100H I NS100L NS160N NS160H NS160L I NS250N NS250H NS250L Rated breakin caoaci 25 I 70 I 150 I 36 I 70 150 36 70 150

Downstream !rated brk.cap. enhanced breaking capacity

Multi 9 C6ON 6 25 I 30 I 30 I 25 j 30 i 30 I 25 30 30 V4OH 10 25

1 50 I 50 I 30 50 I 50 I 30 40 40

C6OH (540A) 10 25 I 50 i 50 I 30 50 I 50 30 40 40 C6OH (50-63A) 10 25 I 40 I 10

I 30 40 40 30 40 40

NC100H 10 25 I 30 I 30 I 25 30 I 30 I 25 30 30 NC100LS 36 I 70 I 100

1 70 I 100 I I 70 100

NC100LMA I 50 I 70 I 150 I 70 I 150 I i 70 150

Compact . NS100N 25 I 70 I 150 l 36 l 70 I 150 NS100H 70 I I 150 I 1 I 150 NS160N 36 I I I 70 1

150 NS160H 70 I I I 150

SCHNEIDER



kA (breaking capacity) 10

6

4.5

feecgdom 1rtW-

C6OH

C6ON

0 1 6

C60 Circuit Breakers

C60 SERIES 1 pole = 18mm

63 (A)

current

Standard (A)

Rating (V)

Voltage Model No. Curve Breaking Capacity Poles

AS3111 6 - 63 240V D60 C 4.5kA 1 (Domestic Model)

AS3858 AS3858

1 - 63 440V C6ON C 6kA 1, 2 & 3

1 63 440V C6OH B.C,D 10kA 1, 2, 3 & 4

kA (breaking capacity) 50

36

10

NC100LMA

NC1OOLS- NC100 SERIES t pole = 27mm

0 1 10 40 63 125

NC100 Circuit Breakers

(A) current

Standard (A)

Rating (V)

Voltage Model No. Curve Breaking Capacity Poles

AS3858 10 - 125 440V NC100H C 10kA 1, 2. 3 & 4

IEC947-2 10 - 60 440V NC100LS C 36kA 1. 2. 3 & 4

1.6 - 40 440V NC100LMA MA 50kA 3

' The above information represents the current Australian offer. Other breaking capacities and curve types are available on an indent basis.

Please contact Schneider for more details.

s CHNEIDER



O

O

4,4

Queensland State Office: 9 Graystone Street Tingaloa .4173 Tel: (07) 3890 2112

°Fax: (07) 3890 2098:

3 New South Wales State Office: Stock O. Princes Roaa East Regents Pan< 2113

1021 9743 7700 Fax: 1021 9743 7716

) Victoria State Office: 77 Ricketts Roar] Mt. 'Navertey 3149 Tel: (031 9558 9876 Fax: (03) 9553 9701

Manufacturing Tel: (03) 9553 9876 Fax: (03) 9558 9700

Transformer Manufacturing Tel: (031 5762 3411 Fax '0315762 5113

South Australia ) State Office:

A Corbett Coun Export Park Adelaide .Airoon 5950 Tel: (08) 8234 -1388 Fax: (08) 8234 -1122

Western Australia State Office: 26 Gibberd Road 3alcatta 5021 Tel: ;09) 344 2727 Fax: k09) 344 5335

Regional Offices:

Townsville Tel: 018 773 114

Fax: (0771791 497

Gladstone Tel: 018 787 354 Fax: (079) 739 457

Newcastle Tel: (049) 526 900 Fax: (049) 529 403

Wollongong Tel: 018 212 475 Fax: '042) 973 970

Albury Tel: 013 387 539 Fax: (060) 591 954

Mt Gambier Tel: 018 ;08 915 Fax: (037) 251 219

Launceston Tel: 0418 555 631 Fax: (031 5330 1936

at:S970101




For


Equipment Type: Surge Diverter

Location: Main Incomer

Model Numbers: TDS-MT-275

Manufacturer: Critec

Supplier: SCA Distributors 178 Wecker Road MANSFIELD QLD 4122

Ph: 07 3849 5077 Fx: 07 3849 7035



NI) 4,f,

) -

tl

1 < ,f

5 f \

=;;. sr;v. z

kZ:X `3- " £

AO.

MX=

\

.47-1

CD 4-1

-11-f

C O 0 2 "4-,

2 E

2 c a) w

V 0 C 2

\ ..90%, 4

E1

E -0

OC C LLI



CO

NT

EN

TS

Page

1. W

arni

ngs

... .

.. ...

4

2. I

ntro

duct

ion

... .

.. 5

3. P

rote

ctio

n C

once

pts

.. ...

...

7

4. M

ount

ing

and

Cau

tions

...

9

5. V

olta

ge R

atin

gs .

. ...

10

6. P

rote

ctio

n M

ode

.. ...

13

7. C

onne

ctio

n M

etho

d . .

.. ...

15

8. R

CD

, E

LC

B

20

1170

VT

INIF

Page

9. I

sola

tion

and

Fusi

ng .

.. ...

...

...

20

10.

Stat

us I

ndic

atio

n an

d 4l

arm

s 22

11.

MPM

, M

ovte

c Pr

otec

tion

Mod

ule

24

27

28

29

15.

Use

of

Mim

ic P

anel

s 30

12.

Mai

nten

ance

and

'bes

ting

..

13.

Ext

ende

d W

arra

nty

... .

.. ...

14.

Six

Poin

t Pla

n ...

...

PA

GE

3



ER

Ca

I. W

AR

NIN

GS

Pr

ior t

o in

stal

latio

n en

sure

that

the

Mov

tec

is o

f the

cor

rect

vol

tage

and

fr

eque

ncy,

and

is t

he ty

pe r

ecom

men

ded

for

the

loca

l po

wer

dis

trib

utio

n, a

nd fo

r th

e eq

uipm

ent

bein

g pr

otec

ted.

Haz

ardo

us v

olta

ges

may

exi

st in

tern

ally

to

the

units

. T

he u

nits

sho

uld

be i

nsta

lled

(and

rep

lace

d) o

nly

by q

ualif

ied

pers

onne

l in

acc

orda

nce

with

all

rele

vant

Ele

ctri

city

Sa

fety

Sta

ndar

ds.

Do

not

pow

er M

PMs

and

thre

e ph

ase

conn

ecte

d M

ovte

cs (

Ph-N

) w

ithou

t the

up

stre

am n

eutr

al c

onne

cted

. Fa

ilure

to d

o so

may

dam

age

the

Mov

tecs

and

/or

the

load

.

Whe

re th

e M

PMs/

Mov

tecs

are

con

nect

ed

to a

n ea

rth,

thi

s m

ust b

e a

low

impe

danc

e ea

rth

(<10

S/)

for

cor

rect

ope

ratio

n.

PA

GE

4

INS

.TR

LL

ON

IN

ST

RU

CT

ICi_

IS

X1-

X4

conn

ectio

ns m

ay b

e at

pha

se v

olta

ges

depe

ndan

t upo

n co

nnec

tion

met

hod.

If

conn

ectin

g to

the

Mov

tec

alar

m o

utpu

ts

do n

ot e

xcee

d th

e m

axim

um p

erm

issi

ble

ratin

gs a

s da

mag

e m

ay o

ccur

. M

ovte

cs m

ust b

e in

stal

led

in a

n en

clos

ure

or p

anel

, en

sure

this

doe

s no

t ca

use

thei

r en

viro

nmen

tal r

atin

gs to

be

exce

eded

.

Do

not

"Meg

ger"

or

"Fla

sh T

est"

cir

cuits

w

ith M

ovte

cs i

nsta

lled.

T

he D

INL

INE

Sur

ge C

ount

er (

DSC

) sh

ould

no

t be

used

in v

olta

ge s

ensi

ng m

ode

with

T

DS-

Mov

tecs

. Vol

tage

sen

sing

mod

e is

not

co

mpa

tible

with

TD

S-M

ovte

cs.

All

inst

ruct

ions

mus

t be

follo

wed

to

ensu

re

corr

ect a

nd s

afe

oper

atio

n.

Dia

gram

s ar

e ill

ustr

ativ

e on

ly,

and

shou

ld

not

be r

elie

d on

in i

sola

tion.



tem

esor

ilibi

lso

e.

INS

TR

LLR

TIO

N

INS

TR

UC

TIO

NS

2.

INT

RO

DU

CT

ION

M

ovte

cs a

re d

esig

ned

to p

rote

ct m

ains

po

wer

ed e

quip

men

t fro

m t

he d

amag

ing

effe

cts

of li

ghtn

ing

and

tran

sien

ts.

The

y ar

e id

eal

for

poin

t-of

-ent

ry s

hunt

pro

tect

ion

appl

icat

ions

w

here

rob

ustn

ess

and

high

sur

ge r

atin

gs a

re

requ

ired

.

The

Mov

tec

fam

ily is

des

igne

d to

sui

t m

any

dist

ribu

tion

syst

ems

incl

udin

g T

N-C

, T

N-S

, T

N-C

-S a

nd T

T.

The

y ca

n be

sel

ecte

d fo

r us

e w

ith d

istr

ibut

ion

syst

ems

with

nom

inal

vo

ltage

s of

110

/120

V,

220/

240V

and

277

Vrm

s at

freq

uenc

ies

of 5

0/66

Hz.

The

TD

S T

echn

olog

y (T

rans

ient

D

iscr

imin

atin

g Su

ppre

ssor

) un

its a

re

spec

ific

ally

des

igne

d fo

r di

stri

butio

n ,s

yste

ms

that

may

fea

ture

poo

r vo

ltage

reg

ulat

ion

whe

re t

he a

ctua

l sup

ply

volta

ge m

ay e

xcee

d th

e no

min

al r

atin

gs f

or e

xten

ded

peri

ods.

1170

11T

EC

Thi

s In

stal

latio

n M

anua

l de

tails

the

pre

ferr

ed

proc

edur

e fo

r th

e in

stal

latio

n of

the

fam

ily o

f C

rite

c M

ovte

c'm

Sur

ge

Div

erte

rs.

The

Cri

tec

Mov

tec

fam

ily i

nclu

des:

Cri

tec

Mov

tec,

Si

ngle

Mod

e, e

nhan

ced

MO

V t

echn

olog

y un

its e

g. (

MT

275V

-135

K-A

)

Cri

tec

TD

S-M

ovte

c, S

ingl

e M

ode,

TD

S te

chno

logy

uni

t fea

turi

ng h

igh

over

-vol

tage

w

ithst

and

for

adde

d ro

bust

ness

(T

DS-

MT

- 27

7)

Cri

tec

TD

S-M

ovte

c, T

hree

Mod

e, T

DS

tech

nolo

gy u

nit f

eatu

ring

hig

h ov

er-v

olta

ge

with

stan

d fo

r ad

ded

robu

stne

ss (T

DS-

MT

U)

TD

S-M

ovte

c un

its a

re c

olou

red

blue

for

eas

y id

entif

icat

ion,

whi

le e

nhan

ced

MO

V

tech

nolo

gy u

nits

are

col

oure

d re

d.

In t

his

man

ual,

refe

renc

e to

" M

ovte

c" a

lso

incl

udes

"T

DS-

Mov

tec"

.



II

.

IN

INS

TR

LLI-

. O

'N

INS

TR

UC

TIO

NS

.

. -

. -

. .

0 - ' I "

'

. -

I . ' . - .

. '

- .

-

-

'

:

I

a

' .. I

-

0

" . '

.

. . .

I. . . .

' . .

. .

- .

.. '

. I

- . . I

.

' .

' -

I .

.

I1

D

I 0

- '

' S

:i 1

A.

PA

GE

6

. I

. -

D

D

I I

I

I -

'

I I

1..

II

. a.

lo

. .

I I

II



1-V

ST

RLL

RT

ION

IN

S'R

UC

TIO

NS

.

.

ifr.

%,,s

%.

'

I

I I

.9

"I

"I

I I^

"5

I

1-

- -

.

- "

"5 .

. -

I

1

- -

. "I

I I

I I

I-

' Il

l -

I I

.!

I '

' .

' .

i -

II

0'

I "I

"I

I -

I-

-I

" I '

8

"8

I

II

II

I .

. . I 1

11

I I

PAG

E 7



Kee

p ot

her c

able

s an

d

equi

pmen

t aw

ay

from

thi

s ar

ea.

a

men

`,T

7'17

.-

7-

y

Unp

rote

cted

zon

e

1111

2V7V

C

STA

TU

S m

. r MM

TO

Y

Pro

tect

ed z

one

PA

GE

8

:.t..1

4,.:1

.7a.

747r

rer,

"="1

7.7



It-S

TR

LLR

TIO

N

4.

MO

UN

TIN

G &

CA

UT

ION

S

The

per

form

ance

of

surg

e, d

iver

ters

can

be

dram

atic

ally

aff

ecte

d by

the

met

hod

of

conn

ectio

n (r

efer

sec

tion

7).

Whe

re p

ossi

ble

sele

ct a

mou

ntin

g m

etho

d th

at a

llow

s th

e M

ovte

c to

be

conn

ecte

d in

the

"Pre

ferr

ed.

Con

nect

ion

Met

hod"

.

Failu

re o

f a M

ovte

c un

der

seve

re A

C o

ver-

vo

ltage

, su

ch a

s 11

kV o

n 24

0V m

ains

, ca

n re

sult

in th

e ge

nera

tion

of s

igni

fica

nt h

eat.

Con

side

ratio

n sh

ould

be

give

n to

ens

ure

that

M

ovte

cs a

re n

ot in

stal

led

in c

lose

pro

xim

ity to

co

mbu

stib

le m

ater

ials

.

Uni

ts m

ust b

e in

stal

led

in a

n en

clos

ure

or

pane

l to

pro

vide

the

app

ropr

iate

deg

ree

of

elec

tric

al a

nd e

nvir

onm

enta

l pr

otec

tion.

Onl

y us

e en

clos

ures

tha

t:

MO

VT

EC

0

Do

not

caus

e th

e M

ovte

c te

mpe

ratu

re to

ex

ceed

60

deg

C

Prov

ide

adeq

uate

ele

ctri

cal

and

safe

ty

prot

ectio

n

Prev

ent t

he i

ngre

ss o

f moi

stur

e an

d w

ater

Allo

w M

ovte

c St

atus

Ind

icat

ion

to b

e in

spec

ted

PA

GE

9



IkR

Ca

5 V

OLT

AG

E R

AT

ING

S

The

TD

S (T

rans

ient

Dis

crim

inat

ing

Supp

ress

or)

tech

nolo

gy h

as b

een

spec

ific

ally

de

velo

ped

to c

ater

for

abn

orm

al o

ver-

volta

ge

cond

ition

s th

at m

ay o

ccur

on

site

s w

ith p

oor

volta

ge r

egul

atio

n, o

r du

e to

wir

ing

or

dist

ribu

tion

faul

ts.

The

TD

S un

its f

eatu

re a

n ex

trem

ely

high

ove

r-vo

ltage

with

stan

d to

el

imin

ate

heat

bui

ld u

p th

at c

an o

ccur

with

st

anda

rd te

chno

logi

es w

hen

the

prot

ectio

n de

vice

s st

art t

o cl

amp

on th

e pe

ak o

f eac

h ab

norm

al m

ains

cyc

le.

Tra

ditio

nal M

OV

tech

nolo

gy (

eg M

T-2

75V

/ 13

5K/A

) is

not

sui

tabl

e in

app

licat

ions

w

here

sus

tain

ed o

ver-

volta

ge c

ondi

tions

ca

n be

exp

erie

nced

.

PA

GE

10

INS

TR

I.LR

IN

ST

RU

CT

IDK

Exa

mpl

es o

f poo

rly

regu

late

d vo

ltage

en

viro

nmen

ts in

clud

e:

Smal

ler

pow

er g

ener

atio

n su

pplie

s

Site

s w

ith l

arge

ear

th c

urre

nts

Var

iabl

e m

otor

spe

ed c

ontr

ol c

ircu

its

Hig

h ha

rmon

ic v

olta

ge e

nvir

onm

ents

(no

n-

linea

r lo

ads)

The

TD

S ra

nge

of M

ovte

cs w

ith a

hig

her

over

-vol

tage

with

stan

d m

ay b

e ab

le to

be

used

in th

ese

envi

ronm

ents

follo

win

g ad

vice

.

Tra

nsie

nt p

rote

ctio

n de

vice

s ar

e us

ually

rat

ed

to p

rote

ct a

gain

st n

on-r

epet

itive

pul

ses

from

su

ch s

ourc

es a

s di

rect

or

indu

ced

light

ning

st

rike

s. T

hey

are

not

desi

gned

to p

rovi

de

prot

ectio

n ag

ains

t re

peat

ed c

yclic

ano

mal

ies.

N

or a

re t

hey

desi

gned

to

prov

ide

prot

ectio

n

owc.

.04W

4r-t

re.



tr S

TR

LLR

T IO

N

INS

V lU

CT

ION

S

MO

VT

EC

.

Gen

erat

or

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

f f

Ove

r-V

olta

ge

Rat

ing

- 240

Vrm

s

240

Vrm

s

Ove

r-V

olta

ge

Rat

ing

Avo

id r

epet

itive

vol

tage

s in

exc

ess

of r

atin

g

PA

GE

I

I



IFR

ICC

I ag

ains

t sus

tain

ed o

ver-

volta

ge c

ondi

tions

w

here

the

supp

ly v

olta

ge e

xcee

ds t

he p

rote

ctio

n eq

uipm

ent's

nom

inal

rat

ing

for

an e

xten

ded

peri

od o

f tim

e, i

e co

ntin

uous

ove

r-vo

ltage

s fr

om p

oorl

y re

gula

ted

gene

rato

rs o

r di

stri

butio

n sy

stem

s.

Smal

ler

pow

er g

ener

atio

n eq

uipm

ent

(par

ticul

arly

cap

aciti

ve e

xcita

tion

indu

ctio

n ge

nera

tors

) do

es n

ot g

ener

ally

con

form

to th

e sa

me

stan

dard

s of

vol

tage

reg

ulat

ion

that

are

in

pla

ce f

or m

ains

pow

er r

etic

ulat

ion.

A la

rge

num

ber

of s

mal

ler

and/

or c

heap

er g

ener

ator

s ha

ve a

vol

tage

wav

efor

m th

at is

"lo

osel

y"

240V

rms

(oft

en p

oorl

y re

gula

ted)

, but

mor

e im

port

antly

, of

ten

cont

ains

sig

nifi

cant

hig

her

orde

r ha

rmon

ics.

The

se g

ener

ator

s m

ay

exhi

bit a

pea

k vo

ltage

on

each

hal

f cyc

le f

ar in

ex

cess

of t

he n

orm

al 3

40V

. T

he p

robl

em is

us

ually

wor

se w

hen

the

gene

rato

r is

light

ly

load

ed.

PAG

E 1

2

Whi

lst

elec

tric

al e

quip

men

t may

tole

rate

thi

s ov

er-v

olta

ge f

or a

per

iod

of ti

me,

the

cla

mpi

ng

elem

ents

in th

e po

wer

pro

tect

ion

devi

ces

will

be

gin

to c

ondu

ct o

n th

e pe

ak o

f eac

h 50

Hz

cycl

e, a

s th

eir

volta

ge t

hres

hold

is r

each

ed

(typ

ical

ly 4

00V

pea

k fo

r a

trad

ition

al 2

75V

di

vert

er).

Thi

s w

ill c

ause

slo

w d

egra

datio

n an

d ul

timat

e fa

ilure

of t

he c

lam

ping

dev

ice

(tim

e de

pend

ent

upon

how

poo

r th

e w

avef

orm

is

).

Har

mon

ic v

olta

ges

may

als

o be

pre

sent

in

dist

ribu

tion

syst

ems

that

do

not f

eatu

re

gene

rato

rs.

Thi

s is

nor

mal

ly w

here

non

-lin

ear

load

s ar

e us

ed,

such

as

UPS

s, r

ectif

iers

, sw

itch

mod

e po

wer

sup

plie

s an

d m

otor

spe

ed

cont

rols

. The

hig

h ha

rmon

ic v

olta

ges

in

cert

ain

appl

icat

ions

may

hav

e pe

ak v

olta

ges

in e

xces

s of

the

prot

ectiv

e cl

ampi

ng v

olta

ge

caus

ing

prob

lem

s as

des

crib

ed a

bove

. Se

ek th

e m

anuf

actu

rer's

adv

ice

befo

re in

stal

ling

any



It' S

TR

LLR

TIO

N

N 5

T.

UC

TIO

.NS

.

prod

uct

into

a c

ircu

it w

hich

fea

ture

s a

tota

l ha

rmon

ic v

olta

ge r

atio

abo

ve 5

%.

Abn

orrr

ial

oter

-Vol

iag6

TD

S-M

T-2

77

220-

277V

48

0V

TD

S-M

TU

22

0-27

7V

480V

MT

275V

-135

K-A

22

0-24

0V

275V

Ens

ure

that

the

corr

ect v

olta

ge r

atin

g un

it is

in

stal

led.

Exc

eedi

ng th

e no

min

al r

atin

g w

hile

tr

ansi

ent e

vent

s oc

cur

may

aff

ect

prod

uct l

ife.

t N

ote:

Oth

er v

olta

ge r

atin

g M

ovte

cs a

re a

vaila

ble.

Ref

er

to M

ovte

c ta

ble

for

actu

al r

atin

gs.

1170

VT

EE

40

6.

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N M

OD

ES

Mov

tecs

are

ava

ilabl

e in

Thr

ee M

ode

and

Sing

le M

ode

conf

igur

atio

ns. T

his

refe

rs t

o ho

w

the

inte

rnal

pro

tect

ion

is a

rran

ged

and

appl

ied

to th

e ci

rcui

t to

be p

rote

cted

.

Thr

ee M

ode

units

pro

vide

pro

tect

ion

betw

een

the

Phas

e-N

eutr

al*,

Pha

se-E

arth

* an

d N

eutr

al-E

arth

cir

cuit

with

in o

ne M

ovte

c.

Sing

le M

ode

units

pro

vide

pro

tect

ion

betw

een

two

cond

ucto

rs c

onne

cted

to t

he t

erm

inal

s m

arke

d T

1 an

d T

2. T

hese

uni

ts c

an b

e co

nnec

ted

to p

rovi

de p

rote

ctio

n fr

om P

hase

- N

eutr

al*

or P

hase

-Ear

th*

or N

eutr

al-E

arth

. T

o al

low

the

stat

us in

dica

tion

and

alar

m

circ

uitr

y to

ope

rate

, a

neut

ral c

onne

ctio

n is

re

quir

ed fo

r Ph

ase-

Ear

th*

conf

igur

ed u

nits

, an

d a

Phas

e* c

onne

ctio

n is

req

uire

d fo

r

PA

GE

13



ER

RIC

CI

Neu

tral

-Ear

th c

onfi

gure

d un

its.

Con

nect

ion

deta

ils f

or s

ingl

e m

ode

units

are

det

aile

d on

pa

ge 1

5. W

arni

ng -

this

con

nect

ion

link

can

be

at m

ains

pot

entia

l.

* N

ote.

Som

e us

ers

may

be

used

to t

he

term

inol

ogy

"Act

ive

or "

Lin

e",

in p

lace

of

"Pha

se".

For

con

sist

ency

"Ph

ase"

is

used

th

roug

hout

this

doc

umen

tatio

n.

:, )

:,

e, '

, :`

. - ,

, * ,:.

: =.

`,,p

Z

&A

,':;

.t,, , .;e

nd

,,

6A,

Sid w

12

&00

,1;,,

;?

1,':;

,::

: ,

.. ,,

.

TD

S-M

TU

T

hree

Mod

e

TD

S-M

T-2

77

Sin

gle

Mod

e

MT

275V

-135

K-A

S

ingl

e M

ode

PA

GE

14

T1

Ter

min

al

SIN

GLE

MO

DE

Sta

tus

Ele

ctro

nics

S

tatu

s E

lect

roni

cs TH

RE

E M

OD

E

Neu

tral

T

erm

inal

ist E

arth

T

erm

inal

T2

Pha

se

Ter

min

al

I..

Ter

min

al



4

,INS

TR

LLR

TIO

N

INS

'RU

CT

ION

S

SIN

GLE

MO

DE

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

OP

TIO

NS

Ph

T1I

T241N

LIN

K

X3-

X4

Ph

ir T

1.1.

E

E

=N

W

ME

I

T2

X4

PH

AS

E

PH

AS

E

V

NE

UT

RA

L E

AR

TH

E

AR

TH

P

RO

TE

CT

ION

P

RO

TE

CT

ION

P

RO

TE

CT

ION

1110

1/T

ES

7.

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N M

ET

HO

D

To

optim

ise

tran

sien

t per

form

ance

, at

tem

pt to

co

nnec

t the

Mov

tecs

in

the

"Pre

ferr

ed"

fash

ion

as d

epic

ted

on p

ages

16

and

17.

Thi

s is

re

com

men

ded

for

cabl

e si

zes

betw

een

6mm

2 an

d 16

mm

2. T

ake

care

not

tp

run

the

prot

ecte

d an

d un

prot

ecte

d w

ire

para

llel

or in

clo

se

prox

imity

.

Whe

re t

his

is n

ot p

ossi

ble

due

to l

ayou

t or

co

nduc

tor

size

, us

e th

e "N

on-p

refe

rred

" "T

" co

nnec

tion

met

hod

as d

epic

ted

on p

ages

16

to

18.

With

this

con

nect

ion

met

hod,

the

"T

" le

ad

shou

ld b

e be

twee

n 6m

m2

and

16m

m2.

The

co

nnec

tion

shou

ld b

e as

sho

rt a

s pr

actic

able

(l

ess

than

100

mm

).

Cab

le s

izes

les

s th

an 6

mm

2 sh

ould

not

be

used

w

ithou

t spe

cial

ist a

dvic

e.

PA

GE

15

. .^

.7=

s,,,,

-.1.

1et

. .

77..

.



hod

in

al

''':1:;',.....T.' ,,

- -1 g'-.5.- ,.., . ., ;4: ...,..,1,-1 44E., pk Ex-,;?../...;aA gm' . . -: NI Il-- -- ---:1.)>°X '11

' '' ' -'-' '1(1:3 t; -, , - ii ":,,i 4, - - - - - Is ; : -. - '," ::-:-'371;^--"Jf ,,,,,, "I .;L:: '..) il'

A

1



It S

TR

LLR

TIO

N

INS

T

'UC

TIO

NS

M

OV

TE

C

PR

EF

ER

RE

D C

ON

NE

CT

ION

ME

TH

OD

EX

AM

PLE

S

SIN

GLE

MO

DE

UN

ITS

PH

AS

E

TH

RE

E M

OD

E U

NIT

S

PA

GE

17



RIC

a IN

ST

RLL

FI%

IN

ST

RU

CT

ION

'_:

NO

N-P

RE

FE

RR

ED

"T

" C

ON

NE

CT

ION

ME

TH

OD

EX

AM

PLE

S

The

ind

ucta

nce

of

bran

ch c

onne

ctio

ns

incr

ease

s th

e cl

amp

volta

ges

seen

by

the

load

.

LIN

E

SIN

GLE

MO

DE

UN

ITS

LOA

D

PH

AS

E

TH

RE

E M

OD

E U

NIT

S

LOA

D

PA

GE

18

I. ,0

.1ft

ipar



61 30Vc1

0331AD

LU

IIMM

ITV

,s1,0 33.1.11f3



aura

8.

R

CD

, E

LCB

Whe

re R

CD

s/E

LC

Bs

(Res

idua

l C

urre

nt

Dev

ices

/ E

arth

Lea

kage

Cir

cuit

Bre

aker

s) a

re

fitte

d th

e M

ovte

cs s

houl

d be

ins

talle

d in

the

ci

rcui

t pri

or t

o th

ese

devi

ces

(ie

upst

ream

).

Whe

re t

his

can

not b

e av

oide

d an

d R

CD

s/

EL

CB

s ar

e in

stal

led

upst

ream

, nui

sanc

e tr

ippi

ng o

f the

RC

D/E

LC

B m

ay o

ccur

dur

ing

tran

sien

t act

ivity

.

Con

tact

you

r lo

cal

ER

ICO

age

nt f

or a

dvic

e if

up

stre

am R

CD

s/E

LC

Bs

can

not b

e av

oide

d.

PA

GE

20

NS

`TR

LLR

T,

N

INS

TR

UC

TIO

NS

9.

ISO

LAT

ION

AN

D F

US

ING

Ove

rcur

rent

and

sho

rt c

ircu

it pr

otec

tion

mus

t be

pro

vide

d to

pro

tect

the

Mov

tec

and

asso

ciat

ed w

irin

g if

a fa

ult d

evel

ops.

The

ov

ercu

rren

t pro

tect

ion

shou

ld b

e in

stal

led

in

such

a m

anne

r to

als

o pr

ovid

e a

mea

ns o

f is

olat

ing

the

Mov

tec

mod

ule

from

the

mai

ns

supp

ly.

Thi

s is

an

impo

rtan

t sa

fety

co

nsid

erat

ion

and

is r

equi

red

in t

he e

vent

that

an

y fu

ture

mai

nten

ance

or

test

ing

is n

eede

d.

The

Mov

tec

uses

dis

conn

ectio

n de

vice

s to

is

olat

e in

tern

al s

egm

ents

that

hav

e re

ache

d th

e en

d of

thei

r se

rvic

e lif

e. I

n or

der

for

this

di

scon

nect

ion

to o

ccur

cor

rect

ly, M

ovte

cs

shou

ld b

e on

ly u

sed

on c

ircu

its w

ith f

use

or

circ

uit b

reak

er r

atin

gs o

f 32A

or

grea

ter.

(N

uisa

nce

oper

atio

n of

the

over

curr

ent

prot

ectio

n m

ay o

ccur

dur

ing

tran

sien

t act

ivity

on

sm

alle

r ca

paci

ty c

ircu

its.)



1._.

ST

RLL

RT

ION

IN

S I

UC

TIO

NS

OV

ER

CU

RR

EN

T P

RO

TE

CT

ION

Equ

ipm

ent

to

be p

rote

cted

Inst

all

F2

whe

n F

l ex

ceed

s 10

0A

*HR

C -

Hig

h R

uptu

re C

apac

ity

FP

11

112V

TE

L.

OV

ER

CU

RR

EN

T P

RO

TE

CT

ION

Fl

>10

0A

Ups

trea

m F

use

Equ

ipm

ent t

o be

pro

tect

ed

Sui

tabl

e co

nnec

tion

met

hod

whe

n up

stre

am

Fus

e/S

uppl

y ca

paci

ty d

oes

not

exce

ed 1

00A

PA

GE

21



ER

ICE

1

On

circ

uits

with

a c

apac

ity o

f gr

eate

r th

an

100A

, th

e M

ovte

cs s

houl

d be

inst

alle

d in

se

ries

with

a 1

00A

HR

C f

use

bein

g pl

aced

pr

ior

to t

he M

ovte

c, a

s de

taile

d in

the

dia

gram

on

pag

e 21

. T

his

will

req

uire

the

Mov

tec

to b

e in

stal

led

in a

sim

ilar

man

ner

to t

he n

on-

pref

erre

d "T

" co

nnec

tion

met

hod.

Car

e m

ust '

be t

aken

to k

eep

"T"

conn

ectio

ns a

s sh

ort

and

stra

ight

as

poss

ible

. N

ote

that

this

fus

e m

ay

rupt

ure

unde

r su

rge

even

ts e

xcee

ding

60k

A,

ther

eby

disc

onne

ctin

g th

e pr

otec

tion

circ

uit.

Und

er s

uch

cond

ition

s it

is i

mpo

rtan

t th

at

suita

ble

mon

itori

ng o

f the

ala

rm c

onta

ct

shou

ld b

e ca

rrie

d ou

t to

det

ect

this

pos

sibl

e oc

curr

ence

.

PA

GE

22

10.

ST

AT

US

IN

DIC

AT

ION

AN

D

ALA

RM

S

A c

hara

cter

istic

of a

ll tr

ansi

ent a

nd s

urge

pr

otec

tion

devi

ces

is th

at th

ey d

egra

de i

n pr

opor

tion

to th

e m

agni

tpde

and

num

ber

of

inci

dent

sur

ges

to w

hich

they

hav

e be

en

subj

ecte

d. S

tatu

s in

dica

tion

shou

ld b

e pe

riod

ical

ly m

onito

red

to d

eter

min

e if

re

plac

emen

t is

req

uire

d.

Eac

h M

ovte

c fe

atur

es 5

pro

tect

ion

segm

ents

. T

he s

tatu

s fo

r ea

ch o

f th

ese

sect

ors

is

prov

ided

by

way

of

a 5

segm

ent

LE

D b

ar

grap

h. I

f an

y se

ctor

is

dam

aged

due

to

exce

ss

surg

e ac

tivity

, a

LE

D w

ill e

xtin

guis

h. T

he

LE

Ds

extin

guis

h in

a s

eque

ntia

l or

der

(100

%

LE

D o

ut f

irst

, 80

% L

ED

out

nex

t et

c.)

irre

spec

tive

of w

hich

sec

tor

has

sust

aine

d da

mag

e.



' IS

TR

LAR

TIO

N

VU

CT

IITN

.5-,

Whe

n m

ains

vol

tage

is a

pplie

d to

the

ful

ly

func

tiona

l M

ovte

c, t

he a

larm

con

tact

s w

ill b

e cl

osed

. Sh

ould

the

sur

ge h

andl

ing

capa

city

fa

ll to

bel

ow th

e al

arm

thre

shol

d, t

hese

co

ntac

ts w

ill o

pen.

The

con

tact

s ar

e "f

ail-

safe

" in

that

, if p

ower

to

the

unit

fails

, th

e co

ntac

ts

will

als

o re

vert

to th

e op

en c

ondi

tion.

For

Sing

le M

ode

units

(TD

S-M

T-2

77 a

nd

MT

275V

-135

K-A

)

The

vol

tage

fre

e al

arm

con

tact

s ar

e ac

tivat

ed

(ope

ned)

as

soon

as

the

prim

ary

prot

ectio

n st

atus

dis

play

s 60

% o

r le

ss a

nd i

ndic

ates

th

at th

e M

ovte

c un

it sh

ould

be

repl

aced

.

For

Thr

ee M

ode

units

(T

DS-

MT

U)

The

vol

tage

-fre

e al

arm

con

tact

s ar

e ac

tivat

ed

(ope

ned)

as

soon

as

the

prot

ectio

n st

atus

di

spla

ys 8

0% o

r le

ss.

Thi

s in

dica

tes

that

da

mag

e ha

s be

en s

usta

ined

to t

he p

rote

ctio

n

fl7D

VT

EW

of

one

of t

he th

ree

mod

es a

nd th

at th

e T

DS-

M

ovte

c un

it sh

ould

be

repl

aced

.

MO

VT

EC

MO

DE

L T

ER

MIN

ALS

' A

LAR

M O

PE

RA

TE

S

WH

EN

,',-,

''

' ''t

M

OV

TE

C d

ispl

ayed

ca

paci

ty =

< 6

0%

TD

S-M

T-2

77

X5

& X

7 ,

MT

275V

-135

K-A

X

5 &

X7

MO

VT

EC

dis

play

ed

capa

city

= <

60%

TD

S-M

TU

X

5 &

X7

MO

VT

EC

dis

play

ed

capa

city

= <

80%

Con

tact

Rat

ing

Con

tact

con

nect

ion

250V

ac,

10A

res

istiv

e, 1

A i

nduc

tive

Mul

ti-st

rand

ed w

ire w

ith C

SA

not

grea

ter

than

1.5

mm

2

Whe

re m

ultip

le M

ovte

cs a

re u

sed,

suc

h as

in

thre

e ph

ase

dist

ribu

tion

syst

ems

the

alar

m

cont

acts

may

sim

ply

be c

onne

cted

in s

erie

s to

pr

ovid

e a

com

mon

ala

rm o

utpu

t co

nnec

tion.

PA

GE

23



WN

W

I I.

MP

M,

MO

VT

EC

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N

MO

DU

LE

The

MPM

util

ises

a h

igh

ener

gy N

eutr

al to

E

arth

spa

rk g

ap t

o pr

ovid

e ro

bust

pro

tect

ion

agai

nst e

arth

pot

entia

l ris

e pr

oble

ms.

Car

e is

re

quir

ed t

o en

sure

co-

ordi

natio

n of

this

dev

ice

IALS

TR

LLR

TI,

INS

TR

UC

TIO

N_

if a

ny o

ther

vol

tage

lim

iting

dev

ice

is

conn

ecte

d ei

ther

ups

trea

m o

r do

wns

trea

m in

th

e N

eutr

al to

Ear

th c

ircu

it. C

onta

ct y

our

loca

l ag

ent f

or f

urth

er in

form

atio

n if

ot

her

N-E

pro

tect

ion

devi

ces

are

inst

alle

d an

d co

-ord

inat

io;if

n m

ay b

e af

fect

ed.

Sup

ply

Equ

ipm

ent

to

be p

rote

cted

PR

EF

ER

RE

D C

ON

NE

CT

ION

ME

TH

OD

Sup

ply

Equ

ipm

ent t

o be

pro

tect

ed

NO

N P

RE

FE

RR

ED

"T

" C

ON

NE

CT

ION

ME

TH

OD

(R

efer

sec

tion

7)

Sup

ply

100A

HR

C F

uses

in

pha

se l

ines

Equ

ipm

ent t

o be

pro

tect

ed

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N M

ET

HO

D O

N

CIR

CU

ITS

GR

EA

TE

R T

HA

N 1

00A

PA

GE

24

I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Edmonstone Street Newmarket SPS SP023 Main Switchboard OM Manual


r--

IN-7

TR

LLR

TIO

N

'ICT

ION

S

INST

AL

LA

TIO

N P

RO

CE

DU

RE

FO

R M

PM

1 R

emov

e th

e co

ver

from

the

MPM

2 Se

lect

the

MPM

mou

ntin

g po

sitio

n to

en

sure

opt

imum

ele

ctri

cal c

onne

ctio

n m

etho

d (r

efer

sec

tion

7) a

nd i

n ac

cord

ance

w

ith a

ll gi

ven

inst

ruct

ions

3 Po

sitio

n an

d m

ark

the

mou

ntin

g po

sitio

n of

th

e M

PM o

n th

e w

all

4 Pr

epar

e su

itabl

e an

chor

ing

hole

s fo

r th

e m

arke

d po

sitio

ns

5 M

ount

the

unit

to th

e w

all,

pres

ervi

ng IP

ra

ting

(if r

equi

red)

6 Pr

epar

e th

e ap

prop

riat

e ca

ble

glan

ds,

pres

ervi

ng I

P ra

ting

(if

requ

ired

) us

ing

suita

ble

seal

ants

7 In

stal

l wir

ing,

tak

ing

care

to

supp

ort

MO

VT

EC

ca

blin

g di

rect

ly c

onne

ctin

g to

the

MPM

un

it, a

nd t

ight

en a

ll te

rmin

als

8 C

heck

that

the

MPM

is

inst

alle

d in

ac

cord

ance

with

all

inst

ruct

ions

, an

d re

leva

nt e

lect

rica

l and

saf

ety

code

s ;if

9

Rep

lace

MPM

cov

er, th

en a

pply

pow

er

10 C

orre

ct o

pera

tion

of th

e M

PM u

nit i

s es

tabl

ishe

d by

che

ckin

g th

at a

ll 5

LE

D's

on

each

Mov

tec

bar

grap

h ar

e lit

, an

d th

at

pow

er is

cor

rect

ly b

eing

sup

plie

d to

the

lo

ad(s

)

INST

AL

LA

TIO

N A

RR

AN

GE

ME

NT

FO

R

AU

STR

AL

IAN

ME

N S

YST

EM

S

Und

er A

ustr

alia

n St

anda

rds

clas

sifi

catio

n,

MPM

s ar

e co

nsid

ered

a p

iece

of e

quip

men

t to

be c

onne

cted

to

the

mai

ns s

uppl

y. T

he M

PMs

are

not i

nten

ded

for

use

as,

nor

are

they

, a

et,D

Ir.c

Ne"

4"41

41ri

tr.

PA

GE

25



40

o a a

a

UI

z MDR

I

40

559

4TA.t

11.

I'

11Will1111"

iii

0

I

11

IMO

ED

111 I

411

Ea

a a

a

I

w

CL a



.ST

RLL

RT

ION

IN

57 !

UC

TIO

NS

.

I2.

MA

INT

EN

AN

CE

& T

ES

TIN

G

Bef

ore

rem

ovin

g an

y un

it fr

om s

ervi

ce

ensu

re th

at p

ower

to t

he d

evic

e is

is

olat

ed. R

epla

cem

ent o

f an

y M

ovte

c un

its s

houl

d on

ly b

e un

dert

aken

in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith a

ll re

leva

nt E

lect

rici

ty

and

Safe

ty S

tand

ards

by

suita

bly

qual

ifie

d pe

rson

nel.

Mov

tecs

sho

uld

be i

nspe

cted

per

iodi

cally

, and

al

so f

ollo

win

g an

y pe

riod

s of

ligh

tnin

g or

tr

ansi

ent

activ

ity.

Che

ck t

he s

tatu

s in

dica

tors

an

d re

plac

e if

in t

he "

Ala

rm"

cond

ition

as

deta

iled

in S

ectio

n 10

-ST

AT

US

IND

ICA

TIO

N.

For

high

tran

sien

t exp

osur

e si

tes

or th

ose

of a

cr

itica

l op

erat

iona

l nat

ure,

it i

s re

com

men

ded

that

the

alar

m o

utpu

ts b

e m

onito

red

to

prov

ide

an a

dditi

onal

war

ning

of r

educ

ed

capa

city

(re

fer

Sect

ion

10).

MO

VT

EC

ID

Mov

tecs

are

des

igne

d fo

r op

timum

pe

rfor

man

ce u

nder

sev

ere

tran

sien

t act

ivity

. T

o pr

ovid

e th

is p

erfo

rman

ce,

elec

tron

ic

com

pone

nts

in th

e M

ovte

c ar

e en

case

d in

a

pate

nted

pro

prie

tary

, sho

ck a

nd th

erm

al

abso

rban

t com

poun

d. U

nits

can

not b

e se

rvic

ed, t

hey

mus

t be

ref:

plac

ed.

Do

not

atte

mpt

to o

pen

or ta

mpe

r w

ith t

he

units

in

any

way

as

this

may

com

prom

ise

perf

orm

ance

and

will

voi

d w

arra

nty.

Do

not

"Meg

ger"

or

perf

orm

oth

er ty

pes

of

elec

tric

al t

ests

that

app

ly v

olta

ges

grea

ter

than

the

nom

inal

ope

ratin

g vo

ltage

of th

e M

ovte

c. T

he M

ovte

c w

ill a

ttem

pt to

lim

it th

ese

volta

ges

ther

eby

affe

ctin

g th

e te

st re

sult.

W

here

thes

e te

sts

mus

t be

per

form

ed, r

emov

e th

e M

ovte

c fr

om c

ircu

it fi

rst.

Mir.

....."

1711

MO

OM

MIN

IIMP

OR

IMIM

ME

m""

Am

tsfa

siaN

AR

P=

--.

.

84:1

2Z

.

PA

GE

27



E

R=

13

. E

XT

EN

DE

D W

AR

RA

NT

Y

Thi

s pr

oduc

t has

a li

mite

d w

arra

nty

to b

e fr

ee

from

def

ects

in

mat

eria

ls a

nd w

orkm

ansh

ip f

or a

pe

riod

of f

ive

(5)

year

s fr

om t

he d

ate

of d

ispa

tch

from

the

Man

ufac

ture

r.

The

Pur

chas

er

ackn

owle

dges

tha

t lig

htni

ng is

a n

atur

al e

vent

w

ith s

tatis

tical

var

iatio

n in

beh

avio

ur a

nd e

nerg

y le

vels

whi

ch m

ay e

xcee

d pr

oduc

t rat

ings

, an

d 10

0 %

pr

otec

tion

is n

ot o

ffer

ed a

nd c

anno

t be

prov

ided

fo

r.

The

refo

re t

he M

anuf

actu

rer's

lia

bilit

y is

lim

ited

to t

he r

epai

r or

rep

lace

men

t of t

he p

rodu

ct

(at

the

Man

ufac

ture

r's s

ole

optio

n) w

hich

in

its

judg

emen

t has

not

bee

n ab

used

, m

isus

ed,

inte

rfer

ed w

ith b

y an

y pe

rson

not

aut

hori

sed

by

the

Man

ufac

ture

r, o

r ex

pose

d to

ene

rgy

or

tran

sien

t lev

els

exce

edin

g th

e M

anuf

actu

rer's

sp

ecif

icat

ions

for

the

prod

uct.

The

pro

duct

mus

t be

ins

talle

d an

d ea

rthe

d (w

here

app

licab

le)

in

stri

ct a

ccor

danc

e w

ith t

he M

anuf

actu

rer's

sp

ecif

icat

ions

and

all

rele

vant

nat

iona

l Ele

ctri

city

an

d Sa

fety

Sta

ndar

ds.

The

Man

ufac

ture

r an

d th

e

PA

GE

28

INS

TR

UC

TI

NS

Purc

hase

r m

utua

lly a

ckno

wle

dge

that

the

prod

uct,

by it

s na

ture

, may

be

subj

ect t

o de

grad

atio

n as

a c

onse

quen

ce o

f th

e nu

mbe

r an

d se

veri

ty o

f sur

ges

and

tran

sien

ts th

at it

ex

peri

ence

s in

nor

mal

use

, an

d th

at th

is w

arra

nty

excl

udes

suc

h gr

adua

l or

sud

den

degr

adat

ion.

T

his

war

rant

y do

es n

ot i

ndem

nify

the

Purc

hase

r of

the

prod

uct f

or a

ny c

onse

quen

tial c

laim

for

da

mag

es o

r lo

ss o

f op

erat

ions

or

serv

ice

or p

rofi

ts.

Cus

tom

ers

shou

ld c

onta

ct t

heir

nea

rest

m

anuf

actu

rer's

age

nt to

obt

ain

a Pr

oduc

t R

epai

r A

utho

risa

tion

Num

ber

prio

r to

mak

ing

any

clai

m

unde

r th

is w

arra

nty.

T

his

is o

nly

a su

mm

ary

of

the

war

rant

y gi

ven

by th

e M

anuf

actu

rer.

T

he f

ull

text

of t

he w

arra

nty

is s

et o

ut i

n th

e M

anuf

actu

rer's

Con

ditio

ns o

f Quo

tatio

n an

d Sa

le.

The

abo

ve l

imite

d w

arra

nty

is a

dditi

onal

to r

ight

s w

hich

ari

se i

n re

spec

t of

the

sale

of i

ndus

tria

l an

d te

chni

cal p

rodu

cts

and

serv

ices

to

know

ledg

able

bu

yers

und

er th

e A

ustr

alia

n T

rade

Pra

ctic

es A

ct

1974

as

amen

ded.



:

I --

ST

RLL

RT

ION

IN

ST

"UC

TIO

NS

14.

SIX

PO

INT

PLA

N

Cri

tec

Mov

tec

surg

e di

vert

ers

form

an

impo

rtan

t par

t of

the

muc

h la

rger

ER

ICO

lig

htni

ng,

surg

e an

d tr

ansi

ent p

rote

ctio

n ph

iloso

phy

(ER

ICO

Lig

htni

ng T

echn

olog

ies

"Six

Poi

nt P

lan"

). T

he l

evel

of p

rote

ctio

n an

d th

e de

gree

of

atte

ntio

n de

dica

ted

to e

ach

of

the

six

poin

ts w

ill r

equi

re c

aref

ul

cons

ider

atio

n fo

r ea

ch s

ite.

The

deg

ree

of

prot

ectio

n re

quir

ed is

det

erm

ined

by

the

indi

vidu

al s

ite l

ocat

ion/

expo

sure

with

the

aid

of ri

sk m

anag

emen

t pr

inci

pals

.

For

furt

her

advi

ce o

n yo

ur p

rote

ctio

n ne

eds

plea

se c

onta

ct y

our

loca

l re

pres

enta

tive.

MO

VT

EC

e

LIG

HT

NIN

G T

EC

HN

OLO

GIE

S

PO

INT

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N P

LAN

Cap

ture

the

light

ning

str

ike

5 Pro

tect

equ

ipm

ent

from

sur

ges

on

pow

er li

nes

6 Pro

tect

equ

ipm

ent

from

tra

nsie

nts

on

tele

com

mun

icat

ion

and

sign

al li

nes

tr

ttega

rAPA

PP14

42=

',. 'P

r

PA

GE

29



ER

C11

15

. U

SE

OF

MIM

IC P

AN

ELS

INS

TR

LLr'I

ON

IN

ST

RU

CT

ICIP

'S

Mov

tecs

are

use

d in

the

Pro

line

rang

e of

Su

rge

Red

uctio

n Fi

lters

whe

re s

uper

ior

prot

ectio

n is

req

uire

d fo

r cr

itica

l or

sens

itive

el

ectr

onic

equ

ipm

ent.

Som

e m

odel

s of

SR

F us

e an

ele

ctro

nic

mim

ic p

anel

to d

ispl

ay in

the

Mov

tec

Ver

sion

fron

t doo

r th

e st

atus

of t

he in

tern

al M

ovte

cs.

The

X1-

X4

term

inal

s on

the

Mov

tec

are

used

fo

r th

is p

urpo

se.

If th

is M

ovte

c is

to

be u

sed

with

a m

imic

pan

el (p

ossi

bly

as a

rep

lace

men

t fo

r an

exi

stin

g M

ovte

c in

a S

RF)

ple

ase

ensu

re

com

patib

ility

as

belo

w.

74.-

-Arr

.1

0

Mim

ic V

ersi

on

TD

S-M

imic

#3

0073

2 E

A-S

RF

P-1

17

EA

-117

Hyb

rid M

imic

#3

0073

1 E

A-S

RF

P-1

15

EA

-115

Dis

cret

e M

imic

#3

0073

0 E

A-S

RF

P-1

04

EA

-104

TD

S-M

T-2

77

Yes

N

ote

1 N

o

MT

-275

V/1

35K

/A #

3008

67

Yes

Y

es

Not

e 2

MT

-275

V/1

35K

/A #

3008

65/3

0086

6 Y

es

Yes

Y

es

Not

e 1

Mim

ic w

ill o

pera

te f

or s

uppl

y vo

ltage

s up

to

275V

rms

Not

e 2

Req

uest

Pro

duct

Upd

ate

44 f

or f

urth

er d

etai

ls

PA

GE

30



LIN

K

X3-

X4

E

PH

AS

E

V

NE

UT

RA

L P

RO

TE

CT

ION

SIN

GLE

MO

DE

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NS

OP

TIO

NS

Ph

T1

N

4

E

PH

AS

E

V

EA

RT

H

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N

Ph N

T1

X4

FEU

NE

UT

RA

L

EA

RT

H

PR

OT

EC

TIO

N

I-

1 ®

T

echn

opar

k,

Dow

sing

s P

oint

, T

asm

ania

, A

ustr

alia

. G

PO

B

ox

536

Hob

art,

Tas

man

ia,

Aus

tral

ia 7

001

Tel

epho

ne:

61

(0)

3 62

37 3

200

Fac

sim

ile:

61

(0)

3 62

73 0

399




For


Equipment Type:

Location:

Model Numbers:

Manufacturer:

Supplier:

Pushbuttons, Indicator Lights &.

Switchboard Starter Section Local Control Stations

ZB Series

TELEMECANIQUE


Ph: 07 3890 2112 Fx: 07 3890 2098



Harmony Style 4

ZB4 Metal

22 111-1'04

Selection guide to the new metal pushbutton range

from Telemecanique


IP65 and NEMA 4X

Schneider Electric



XAL Double Insulated Control Stations Same mounting points as the old products Stainless steel screws as standard Compact overall dimensions Up to 3 electrical blocks per head

Website

Complete Stop/Start Function (light grey base/dark grey lid) Old New

XALB103 XALD103 XALD114

XALB215 XALD215

XALB134 XALD134

XALB144 XALD144

XALD363B XALD363G

XALB376 XALD363M

"Start" Marking on pushbutton 1 N/O Flush Green "Stop" Marking on pushbutton 1 N/C Flush Red "Start" Marking on pushbutton "Stop"

1 N/O 1 N/C

Flush Flush

Green Red

"0 -I" Marking on legend plate 1 selector switch, 2 position stay put

1 N/O

"0 -I" Marking on legend plate 1 key selector switch, 2 position stay put

Marking on pushbutton "0" 1pilot light with red "Protected LED"

1 N/O 1 N/C

24VAC/DC 110...120VAC 230...240VAC

Complete Emergency Stop Function (light grey base/yellow lid) 1 mushroom head pushbutton, red XALJ174 XALK17 040mm, latching "turn to release" 1 mushroom head pushbutton, red XALJ184 XALK184 040mm, latching "key release"

Components for Customer Assembly light grey base 1 hole XALB01 XALD01 dark grey lid 2 holes XALB02 XALD02

3 holes XALB03 XALD03 4 holes XALB04 XALD04 5 holes XALB05 XALD05

(see XB5A heads on left pages)

Electrical Contact Blocks (for base mounting with metal clip) Contact blocks

N/O XENL1111 ZENL1111 N/C XENL1121 ZENL1121

"Protected LED" modules White 24VAC/DC XALV6+bulb ZALVB1 Green XALW6+bulb ZALVB3 Red ZALVB4A11 Yellow ZALVB5W Blue ZALVB6 White 48...120VAC XALV6+bulb ZALVG1 ®

Green XALW6+bulb ZALVG3 Red ZALVG4 Yellow ZALVG5 Blue ZALVG6 White 230...240VAC XALV7+bulb ZALVM1 Green XALW7+bulb ZALVM3 Red ZALVM4 Yellow ZALVM5 Blue ZALVM6

(1) You can also mount XB5A contact blocks directly beneath the heads.

Volt-free terminal for XAL stations (common/earth) XALZ09

Help Cent www.schneider.com.au Schneider 1300 369 233 0) Electric

AUS990901



Illuminated Pushbuttons and Selector Switches Unique, patented "Protected LED" technology

2 references ZB5AW = 1 complete product

Illuminated Pushbuttons Old New Flush White ZA2BW37 ZB5AW313 Flush Green ZA2BW33 ZB5AW333 Flush Red ZA2BW34 ZB5AW343 Flush Yellow ZA2BW35 ZB5AW353 Flush Blue ZA2BW36 ZB5AW363 Booted White ZA2BW57 ZB5AW513 Booted Green ZA2BW53 ZB5AW533 Booted Red ZA2BW54 ZB5AW543 Booted Yellow ZA2BW55 ZB5AW553 Booted Blue ZA2BW56 ZB5AW563

Illuminated Selector Switches 2 osition sta ut () White ZA2BK127 5 1213 Green ZA2BK123 ZB5AK1233 Red ZA2BK124 ZB5AK1243 Yellow ZA2BK125 ZB5AK1253 Blue ZA2BK126 ZB5AK1263

(*) other configurations are available.

Collar + LED module + Contact Block (1) 24VAC/DC 1 N/O White ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AW0B11

1 N/O Green ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOB31 1 N/C Red ZA2BW062+bulb ZB5AWOB42 1 N/O Yellow ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOB51 1 N/O Blue ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOB61

48...120VAC 1 N/O White ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOG11 1 N/O Green ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOG31 1 N/C Red ZA2BW062+bulb ZB5AWOG42 1 N/O Yellow ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOG51 1 N/O Blue ZA2BW061+bulb ZB5AWOG61

230...240VAC 1 N/O White ZA2BW071 ZB5AWOM11 1 N/O Green ZA2BW071 ZB5AWOM31 1 N/C Red ZA2BW072 ZB5AWOM42 1 N/O Yellow ZA2BW071 ZB5AWOM51 1 N/O Blue ZA2BW071 ZB5AWOM61

(1) for 1 N/O + 1 N/C contacts, replace In ZB5AW0*1, the last digit "1" by "5"

Accessories Description For use with Plastic blanking plug, round, black (1)

For 022 control and signalling units with circular head

ZB5SZ3

Add-on square trim

Gives square appearance to circular heads ZB5-A

ZB5AZ31

Lock nut Fixing head ZB5AZ901 lightening tool ZB5AZ905 Anti-rotation plate For selection switches ZB5AZ902 Single boot Double boot

Booted pushbuttons with circular head Double headed pushbuttons with or without pilot light

ZB PO

ZBW008

(1) Fixing nut included with blanking plug.

Schneider Electric



(11

La

Pushbuttons and Selector Switches 2 references ZB4B = 1 complete product

XB4B Mounting

Pushbuttons Old New Flush Black ZB2BA2 ZB4BA2 Flush Green ZB2BA3 ZB4BA3 Flush Red ZB2BA4 ZB4BA4 Flush Yellow ZB2BA5 ZB4BA5 Flush Blue ZB2BA6 ZB4BA6 Booted Black ZB2BP2 ZB4BP2 Booted Green ZB2BP3 ZB4BP3 Booted Red ZB2BP4 ZB4BP4 Booted Yellow ZB2BP5 ZB4BP5 Booted Blue ZB2BP6 ZB4BP6

Selector Switches (1) 2 position stay put N/ ZB2BD2 ZB4BD2 2 position spring return S7 ZB2BD4 ZB4BD4 , 3 position stay put \l/ ZB2BD3 ZB4BD* 3 position spring return q7 ZB2BD5 ZB4BD 3 position spring return \17 ZB2BD8 ZB4BD8

Key Selector Switches (1) 2 position stay put °./ ZB2BG2 ZB4BG2 2 position stay put s\l' ZB2BG4 ZB4BG4 2 position spring return \--7 ZB2BG6 ZB4BG6 3 position stay put '44' ZB2BG0 ZB4BG0 3 position stay put \i/ ZB2BG3 ZB4BG3 2 position spring return ZB2BG7 ZB4BG7

The symbol l indicates key removal posItIon(s) (1) For activation of lateral contacts only.

Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Spring Return) 040mm Green ZB2BC3 ZB4BC3 040mm Red ZB2BC4 ZB4BC4

Emergency Stop Pushbuttons (Latching) 040mm Red turn to release ZB2BS54 ZB4BS54 040mm Red push/pull ZB2BT4 ZB4BT4 040mm Red key release ZB2BS14 ZB4BS14

Collar + Contact Block(s) 1 N/O 1 N/C 2 N/O 2 N/C 1 N/O + 1 N/C

11? ZB2BZ102 ZB4BZ ZB2BZ101 ZB4BZ

ZB2BZ103 ZB4BZ1 03 ZB2BZ104 ZB4BZ104 ZB2BZ105 ZB41321 05

Additional Contact Block 1 N/O 1 N/C 2 N/O 2 N/C 1 N/O + IN/C

ZB2BE101 ZBE101 ZB2BE102 ZBE102

ZBE203 ZBE204 ZBE205

Support Panel Cut-Out (suitable for mounting all types of pushbuttons and pilot lights) 0

J 022 Panel thickness: 1 to 6mm

Assembly -3 simple steps

Schneider aElectric

Oti



Pilot Lights Unique, patented "Protected LED" technology

1 reference XB4BV = 1 complete product

Pilot lights with integral LED Old New 24VAC/DC White ZB2BV6+ZB2BV07+bulb XB4BVB1

Green ZB2BV6+ZB2BV03+bulb XB4BVB3 Red ZB2BV6+ZB2BV04+bulb XB4BVB4 Yellow ZB2BV6+ZB2BV05+bulb XB4BVB5 Blue ZB2BV6+ZB2BV06+bulb XB4BVB6

48...120VAC White ZB2BV6+ZB2BV07+bulb XB4BVG1 Green ZB2BV6+ZB2BV03+bulb XB4BVG3 Red ZB2BV6+ZB2BV04+bulb XB4BVG4 Yellow ZB2BV6+ZB2BV05+bulb XB4BVG5

IIII Blue ZB2BV6+ZB2BV06+bulb

230...240VAC White ZB2BV7+ZB2BV07 Green ZB2BV7+ZB2BV03

Yellow Red

Blue

ZB2BV7+ZB2BV04 ZB2BV7+ZB2BV05 ZB2BV7+ZB2BV06 XB4BVM6

XB4BVM1 XB4BVM3 XB4BVM4 XB4BVM5

XB4BVG6

"Protected LED" technology High resistance to vibrations In-built patented electronic protection against voltage transients and electromagnetic interference (IEC 100-4)

hence a 100,000 hour service life

Efficient signalling Low current consumption Reduced heat dissipation No access to live connection from the front

A new aesthetics Enhanced brightness Purity of colours (white, green, red, yellow, blue) Available in three voltages (24VACDC, 48-120VAC, 230VAC)

Contact blocks Dismounting

1) untighten the screw

2) lift the tag

Schneider ,Electric



Pilot Lights Unique, patented "Protected LED" technology

1 reference XB5AV = 1 complete product

Pilot lights with integral LED Old New

24VAC/DC White ZA2BV6+ZA2BV07+bulb XB5AVB1 Green ZA2BV6+ZA2BV03+bulb XB5AVB3 Red ZA2BV6+ZA2BV04+bulb XB5AVB4 Yellow ZA2BV6+ZA2BV05+bulb XB5AVB5 Blue ZA2BV6+ZA2BV06+bulb XB5AVB6

48...120VAC White ZA2BV6+ZA2BV07+bulb XB5AVG1 Green ZA2BV6+ZA2BV03+bulb XB5AVG3 Red ZA2BV6+ZA2BV04+bulb XB5AVG4 Yellow ZA2BV6+ZA2BV05+bulb XB5AVG5 Blue ZA2BV6+ZA2BV06+bulb XB5AVG6

230...240VAC White ZA2BV7+ZA2BV07 XB5AVM1 Green ZA2BV7+ZA2BV03 XB5AVM3 Red ZA2BV7+ZA2BV04 XB5AVM4 Yellow ZA2BV7+ZA2BV05 XB5AVM5 Blue ZA2BV7+ZA2BV06 XB5AVMO

"Protected LED" technology High resistance to vibrations In-built patented electronic protection against voltage transients and electromagnetic interference (IEC 100-4)

hence a 00,000 hour service life

Efficient signalling Low current consumption Reduced heat dissipation No access to live connection from the front

A new aesthetics Enhanced brightness Purity of colours (white, green, red, yellow, blue) Available in three voltages (24VACDC, 48-120VAC, 230VAC)

Contact blocks

Schneider aElectric



Pushbuttons and Selector Switches 2 references ZB5A = 1 complete product

XB5A Mounting

Pushbuttons (1) Old New Flush Black ZA2BA2 ZB5AA2 Flush Green ZA2BA3 ZB5AA3 Flush Red ZA2BA4 ZB5AA4 Flush Yellow ZA2BA5 ZB5AA5 Flush Blue ZA2BA6 ZB5AA6 Booted Black ZA2BP2 ZB5AP2 Booted Green ZA2BP3 ZB5AP3 Booted Red ZA2BP4 ZB5AP4 Booted Yellow ZA2BP5 ZB5AP5 Booted Blue ZA2BP6 ZB5AP6

(1) Square heads are also available

Selector Switches (1) 2 position stay put \/ ZA2BD2 ZB5AD2 2 position spring return ZA2BD4 ZB5AD4 3 position stay put * ZA2BD3 ZB5AD3 3 position spring return qi ZA2BD5 ZB5AD5 3 position spring return \l7 ZA2BD8 ZB5AD8

Key Selector Switches (1) 2 position stay put °,\/ 2 position stay put M 2 position spring return S-7 3 position stay put \?, 3 position stay put \!,/ 3 position spring return 1i

The symbol It indicates key removal position(s) (1) For activation of lateral contacts only.

ZA2BG2 ZB5AG2 ZA2BG4 ZB5AG4 ZA2BG6 ZB5AG6 ZA2BG0 ZB5AGO ZA2BG3 ZB5AG3 ZA2BG7 ZB5AG7

Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Spring Return) 040mm Green ZA2BC3 ZB5AC3 040mm Red ZA2BC4 ZB5AC4

Emergency Stop Pushbuttons (Latching) 040mm Red turn to release ZA2BS54 ZB5AS54 040mm Red push/pull ZA2BT4 ZB5AT4 040mm Red key release ZA2BS14 ZB5AS14

Collar + Contact Block(s) 1 N/O 1 N/C 2 N/O 2 N/C 1 N/O + 1 N/C

ZA2BZ101 ZB5AZ101 ZA2BZ102 ZB5AZ102 ZA2BZ103 ZB5AZ103 ZA2BZ104 ZB5AZ104 ZA2BZ105 ZB5A2105

Additional Contact Block 1 N/O 1 N/C 2 N/O 2 N/C 1 N/O + 1 N/C

ZB2BE101 ZBE101 ZB2BE1 02 ZBE102

ZBE203 ZBE204 ZBE205

Support Panel Cut-Out (suitable for mounting all types of pushbuttons and pilot lights)

Assembly -3 simple steps

Panel thickness: 1 to 6mm 4 Schneider a Electric



Illuminated Pushbuttons and Selector Switches Unique, patented "Protected LED" technology 2 references ZB4BW = 1 complete product

Illuminated Pushbuttons Old Flush White ZB2BW37 Flush Green ZB2BW33 Flush Red ZB2BW34 Flush Yellow ZB2BW35 Flush Blue ZB2BW36 Booted White ZB2BW57 Booted Green ZB2BW53 Booted Red ZB2BW54 Booted Yellow ZB2BW55 Booted Blue ZB2BW56

Illuminated Selector Switches (2 position White Green Red Yellow Blue

New ZB4BW313 ZB4BW333 ZB4BW343 ZB4BW353 ZB4BW363 ZB4BW513 ZB4BW533 ZB4BW543 ZB4BW553 ZB4BW563

stay put (*)) ZB2BK127 ZB2BK123 ZB2BK124 ZB2BK125 ZB2BK126

ZB4B K1213 ZB4B K1233 ZB4BK1216 ZB4BK12 ZB4B K1263


Illuminated Selector Switches 3 osition sta ut (*)

White ZB2BK137 Green ZB2BK133 Red ZB2BK134 Yellow ZB2BK135 Blue ZB2BK136


Z 4 : 1313 ZB4BK1333 ZB4BK1343 ZB4B K1353 ZB4BK1363

Collar + LED module + Contact Block (1) 24VAC/DC 1 N/O White

1 N/O Green 1 N/C Red 1 N/O Yellow 1 N/O Blue

48...120VAC 1 N/O White 1 N/O Green 1 N/C Red 1 N/O Yellow 1 N/O Blue

230...240VAC 1 N/O White 1 N/O Green 1 N/C Red 1 N/O Yellow 1 N/O Blue

(1) for 1 N/O + 1 N/C contacts, replace in ZB4BWO**1, the last digit "1" by "5"

ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW062+bulb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW062+bu lb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW061+bulb ZB2BW071 ZB2BW071 ZB2BW072 ZB2BW071 ZB2BW071

ZB4BWOB11 ZB4BWOB31 ZB4BWOB42 ZB4BWOB51 ZB4BWOB61 ZB4BWOG11 ZB4BWOG31 ZB4BWOG42 ZB4BWOG51 ZB4BWOGIS ZB4BWOM WI/ ZB4BWOM31 ZB4BWOM42 ZB4BWOM51 ZB4BWOM61

Schneider Electric



Accessories (also to suit ZB5A double insulated pushbuttons

& XAL control stations)

Standard (30 x 40mm) legend plates Description Legend

Colour With blank legend (for engraving)

Black or red background

White or yellow background

Already engraved O (black background) ZBY2146 HAND O (red background) ZBY2931 HAND-OFF-AUTO 1 ZBY2147 INCH

ZBY2148 LEFT

STOP 0-1 ZBY2178 OFF 1-11 ZBY2179 OFF-ON 1-0-11 ZBY2186 OPEN AUTO ZBY2115 POWER ON

STOP (red background) ZBY2304 RESET (red background) AUTO-HAND ZBY2364 RESET (black background) AUTO-O-HAND ZBY2385 REVERSE CLOSE ZBY2314 RIGHT DOWN ZBY2308 RUN EMERGENCY STOP ZBY2330 SLOW FAST ZBY2328 START (black background)

ok G4 FORWARD ZBY2305 STOP-START UP

4 Circular legends for emergency stop mushroom heads Diameter Marking on yellow background mm

Reference

ZBY2101

ZBY4101

ZBY2316 ZBY2387 ZBY2321 ZBY2310 ZBY2312 ZBY2367 ZBY2313 ZBY2326 ZBY2323 ZBY2322 ZBY2306 ZBY2309 ZBY2334 ZBY2327 ZBY2303 ZBY2366 ZBY2307

60 90

EMERGENCY STOP EMERGENCY STOP

Metal guards Padlocking possible

040 emergency stop and mushroom head pushbuttons

Blue

Black

Red

Yellow

Metal blanking plug. round, chromium plated (1)

Plastic blanking plug, round. black (2)

For 022 control and signalling units

Reference

ZBY9330 ZBY8330

ZBZ1601

ZBZ1602

ZBZ1604

ZBZ1605

ZB4SZ3

For 022 control and signalling units

ZB5SZ3

(1) Requires a ZB4BZ009 body/fixing collar for mounting. (2) Fixing nut included with blanking plug.

410ebsite www.schneider.com.au Schneider

aElectric

Help Centre 1300 369 233

AUS990901



Selection guide to the new double insulated pushbutton

range from Telemecanique

Harmony Style S

ZBS Double insulated

XAL Control stations

022


1P65 and NEMA 4X

Schneider ei Electric




For


Equipment Type:

Location:

Model Numbers:

Manufacturer:

Supplier:

Control Relays

Switchboard Starter Section

CA2 KN22

TELEMECANIQUE


Ph: 07 3890 2112 Fx: 07 3890 2098



S

I

Control relays CA2-D and CA3-D

References: pages 4/36 and 4/37 Characteristics Dimensions: page 4/44 Schemes: page 4/45

Type CA2-DN, DK, DC CA3-ON, DK, DC

Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 337-1, 947-1, 947-5, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660,

BS 4794 ASE, UL, CSA, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, FI, (1),

SNCF approval, CA3-ON Product approvals Protective treatment "TH"

Degree of protection Protection a.ainst direct fin.er contact Conformin. to VDE 0106 Conformin. to VDE 0106

Ambient air temperature around the device

Storage °C - 60...+ 80 - 60...+ 80

Operation, Conforming to IEC 255 (0.8...1.1 tic) °C ...+ 55 5...÷ 55

For operation at Uc ° - 40...+ 70 - 40...+ 70

Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000 3000

Operating positions Operation without derating in the following positions

30 °

°3

. Pall

lila

Shock resistance (2) semi-sinusoidal wave for 11 ms

Control relay open 102n 15 gn

max: 2 x 2.5

8 gn 11 qn 2 gn 3 gn

Min: 1 x 1: max: 2 x 2.5

Control relay closed Vibration resistance (2) 5...300 Hz

Control relay open

mm2

2 gn 4 gn

Min: 1 x 1.

Control relay closed

Cabling Flexible or rigid cable with or without cable end (1) Conforming to INRS requirements in association with auxiliary contacts LA1-0. (2) In the least favourable direction, without change of contact state, with coil supplied at Uc.

Control circuit characteristics

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 337.1, 158-1 and BS 4794 V 660

Conforming to IEC 947-1 and 947.5 V .660 690 690

Conforming to VDE 0110 group C V 750 750

Conforming to CSA C22-2 n° 14 V 600 600

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V 12...660 12...600

Permissible voltage variation Operational With 50 or 60 Hz coil: 0.8...1.1 Uc With 50/60 Hz coil: 0.85...1.1 Uc

With standard coil: 0.8...1.1 Uc With wide range coil: 0.7...1.25 Uc

Voltage limits Drop-out 0.3...0.6 Uc 0.1...0.65 Uc

Average consumption at 20 °C "., 50 Hz VA VA VA

Inrush: 60 Holding: 7

Inrush: 70; Holding: 7.5

Inrush: 70 Holdin.: 8

- - ,

- ,.., 60 Hz -N., 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz With standard coil W - Inrush or Holding: 9

With wide range coil W - Inrush or Holding: 11

35...43 Operating time (at rated control circuit voltage and at 20 °C)

Between coil energisation and - opening of the N/C contacts ms 6...20 - closing of the N/O contacts ms 12...22 40...48

Between coil de-energisation and - opening of the N/O contacts ms 4...12 6...14

- closing of the N/C contacts

For latching or unlatching of the CA.-0K

Max. duration without affecting_hold-in of device

ms

ms

ms

6...17

40

2

11...19

100 _:

2

Minimum pulse time

Short supply failures Maximum operating rate In operating cycles per second 3 3' _

Mechanical life at Uc (mechanical durability)

In millions of operating cycles With: 50 or 60 coil

50/60 Hz (at 50 Hz) standard :77_ coil wide range.= coil...

CA2-ON,DC CA2-DK CA3-DN,DC CA3-DK

20 30 -

10

10 - -

- - 30 30

- - 10 10

I 0 Thier-we iaue I



Control relays

'Woes: pages 4/36 and 4/37 Dimensions: page 4/44 Schemes: page 4/45

CA2-D and CA3-D

Characteristics

Instantaneous contact characteristics

Number of contacts On CA -0 4

Rated o erational voltage (Ue) Up to V 660

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 337-1, 158-1 and BS 4794 V 660

Conforming to IEC 947-1 and 947-5 V 690

Conforming to VDE 0110 group C V 750

Conforming to CSA C22-2 n° 14 V 600

Rated thermal current (Ith) For ambient temperature 5 40 °C A 10

Operating current frequency Hz 25...400

Mikm switching capacity U min V 17

I min mA 5 .._

Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 337-1 and VDE 0660, gl fuse

Conforming to IEC 337-1, I rms

A

A

10

,.., : 140, = : 250

100

Rated making capacity

Short time rating Permissible for 1 s A

500 ms A 120

100 ms A 140

Insulation resistance Mil > 10

Non-overlap time Guaranteed between N/C and N/O contacts ms 1.5 on ener.isation and on de-ener.isation

Tightening torques N.m 1.2

Rated operating power of contacts Conforming to IEC 947-5

a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15 d.c. supply, category DC-13 Electrical life (up to 3600 operating cycles/hour) on an Electrical life (up to 1200 operating cycles/hour) on an induc- inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: five load such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy making power (cos 0.7) = 10 times the power broken resistor, the time constant increasing with the power. (cosg 0.4).

110/ 220/ 380/ V 24 48 127 230 400 440 600 V 24 48 110 220 440 600

1 million operating cycles VA 150 300 400 480 500 500 500 W 120 90 75 68 61 58 3 million operating cycles VA 80 170 250 290 320 320 320 W 70 50 38 33 28 27 10 million operating cycles VA 30 65 90 120 130 130 130 W 25 18 14 12 10 9 Occasional making capacity VA 1200 2600 7000 13 00015 00013 000 9000 W 1000 700 400 260 220 170

Breaking limit of contacts valid for: maximum of 50 operating cycles at 10s intervals (breaking power = making power x cos p 0.7).

2 Electrical life of contacts: - for 1 million operating cycles (2a) - for 3 million operating cycles (2b) - for 10 million operating cycles (2c).

Power broken in VA

16 000

10 000 8000 6000 5000 4000

3000

I I I 1

1

I I I

I I I

t,4 I i I I I

2000 1 1 V 1 1 1

1 ! '..1 I l l

woo I I 1

: Breaking limit of contacts valid for: 300 ' . :II 1

600 1 ,"- !II 1

maximum of 20 operating cycles 4"-i I

500 . at 10 s intervals and with current IGO 1

passing for 0.5 s per operating 300 4,-- --'a I

cycle. 200

4 Thermal limit. 100 SO

60

40 24 48 1101

120

Power broken in W

250

200

140

1000 I 3

I

..--i

700 ,.' I

500 I I 1

300 1 4, I

/ 200 -1..

_.' i

,2a 100

30

60 30

100 30

50 10

a

2

2b

220 38015001 12 24 48 110 220 440 600

440 660 V

Ilemecenlauel 4/29



Auxiliary contactors

References :

pages 4/38 and 4/39 Dimensions :

page 4/44 Schemes :

page 4/45

Control relays types CA2-D and CA3-D Auxiliary contact blocks (without dust and damp protected contacts)

Characteristics

Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 337-1, 947-1,947-5, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794

Product approvals ASE, UL, CSA, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, Fl (1)

Protective treatment "TH"

Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact


Storage °C - 60...+ 80

Operation. Conforming to IEC 255 (0.8...1.1 Uc) °C 5...+ 55

Permissible for operation at Uc °C - 40...+ 70

Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000

Cabling_ Flexible or rigid cable with or without cable end mm, Min : 1 x 1. max : 2 x 2.5

Tightening torque N.m 1.2

Instantaneous and time delay contact block characteristics

Types of contact block LA1-D LA2-0 LA3-D LA8-D

Number of contacts 2 or 4 2 2

Rated operating voltage (Ue) Up to V 660

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 337 -1, 158-1 and BS 4794 V 660

Conforming to IEC 947-1 and 947-5 V 690

Conforming to VDE 0110 group C V 750

Conforming to CSA C22-2 n° 14 V 600

Rated thermal current (Ith) Ambient temperature 5 40 °C A 10

Operating current frequency Hz 25...400

Minimum switching capacity U min V 17

I min

Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 337-1 and VDE 0660, qI fuse A 10

Rated making capacity Conforming to IEC 337-1, I rms

Permissible for 1 s

A

A

,... : 140 - : 250

100 Short time rating

500 ms A 120

100 ms A 140

Insulation resistance Mil >10

Non -overlap time Guaranteed between N/C and N/O contacts ms

ms

1.5 (on energisation

1.5

and on de-energisatio19

Overlap time Guaranteed between N/C and N/O contacts on LA1-DC22

Time delay (LA2-D and LA3-D contact blocks) Accuracy only valid for setting range indicated on front face

Ambient air temperature for operation °C 40...+ 70 - 40...+ 70

Repeat accuracy ± 2 % ± 2 %

Drift up to 0.5 million operating cycles + 15 % + 15 %

Drift depending_ on ambient air temperature

30

0.25 % per °C

5

0.25 % per °C

5 30 Mechanical life In millions of operating cycles

Operational power of contacts The same as that of the control relay : see page 4/29. _ (1) LA1 -D conforms to INRS requirements in association with a control relay CA.-D.

4/30 UTISamecaniquel



Auxiliary contactors

4110 Control relays types CA2-D and CA3-D

References : Mechanical latch blocks

pages 4/38 and 4/39 Dimensions :

page 4/44 Schemes :

page 4/45

Characteristics

Environment

Conforming to standards IEC 337-1, 947-1,947-5, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794

Product approvals ASE, UL, CSA, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, Fl

Protective treatment "TH"

Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact


111-

Storage °C - 60...1- 80

Operatioh. Conforming to IEC 255 (0.8...1.1 Uc) °C - 5...+ 55

Permissible for operation at Uc °C - 40...+ 70

Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000

Cabling Flexible or rigid cable, with or without cable end mm2 Min : 1 x 1; max : 2 x 2.5

Tightening torque N.m 1.2

Mechanical latch block characteristics

Types LA6-0K1 50-60 Hz 7.7

LA6-DK2 50-60 Hz 77

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 158-1 V 660 660 660 660

Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V 12...660 12...220 12...660 12...220

Pow required for unlatching VA 160 - 275 -

W - 190 - 330

Maximum operating rate In operating cycles/hour 1200 1200 1000 1000

Mechanical life (at Uc) In millions of operating cycles 1 1 1 1

Unlatching control Pulsed or holding Manual or electrical

Operating precautions LA6-0K and CA.-0 must not be energised or held simultaneously

cut -out Auto . Duration of cont of signa > 10 ms. Block LA6-0K2 also has I N/C contact which automatically cuts the supply to the contactor coil. Signal duration = contactor operating time ÷ 20 ms.



Control relays

Characteristics pages 4/28 and 4/29 Dimensions :

page 4/44 Schemes :

page 4/45

Control relays types CA2-D and CA3-D

References ti

W1P 9.9

7111111

*vat) CA2- 0N31..

CA2-0K22.

Control circuit: a.c.

Type Number of contacts

Composition

)1

Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2)

Normal voltages

Weight

kg

Instantaneous 4 4 CA2-ON40. B7 E7 F7 M7 07 0.320

3 1 CA2-DN31. 87 E7 F7 M7 07 0.320

2 2 CA2-DN22.. 87 E7 F7 M7 07 0.320

2 2 CA2-0C22. 87 E7 F7 M7 07 0.320 including 1 N/0 and 1 N/C make before break

Mechanical latch/memory

4 2 2 CA2431(224 87 E7 F7 M7 07 0.580

Specifications

Protective treatment "TH" as standard

Fixin On 35 mm - rail or screw fixin

Cabling By screw clamp terminals

Terminals Protected a ainst direct fin er contact with read -to-t hten ca tive screws 1

Marking and contact positions conforming to CENELEC EN 50005, EN 50011. (1) Telemecanique patented system which prevents screws from tightening themselves (eg due to vibrations during

transport). (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for variable time delay, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts ,.. 24 42 48 50 Hz 85 D5 E5 60 Hz B6 - E6 50/60 Hz 37 07 E7

110 220/230 230 240 380/400 400 415 440 500 660

F5 M5 P5 U5 05 V5 N5 R5 S5 Y5

F6 M6 - U6 Q6 - N6 R6 - - F7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 Ni R7 - -

Other versions Control relays CA2-0 for other c voltages between 24 and 660 V.

Please consult our R 'onal Sales Office.

1/36 EiTelemscartlauel



Control relays

Saracteristics: pages 4/28 and 4/29 Dimensions: page 4/44 Schemes: page 4/45

Control relays types CA2-D and CA3-D

References

71_11!11111..i11,ni 64

'41

CA3-0K22.

S

Control circuit: d.c.

Type Number of contacts

Composition

Instantaneous 4 4

Basic reference. Complete with code indicating control circuit voltage (2)

Normal voltages

CA3-0N40. BD ED FO

Weight

kg

0.580

3 1 CA3- 0N31.. BD ED FD 0.580

2 2 CA3- 0N22.. BD ED FD 0.580

2 2 Inc. 1 N/O and 1 N/C make before break

CA3-13C22.4 80 ED FD 0.580

Mechanical 4 2 2 CA3-13)(22. BD ED FD 1.100 latch memory

Specifications

Protective treatment "TH" as standard

Fixing

Cabling

Terminals

On 35 mm ,_.,- rail or screw fixing

By screw clamp terminals

Protected a ainst direct fin er contact with read -to-ti hten c tive screws 11

Markin and contact ositions conformin to CENELEC EN 50005 EN 50011. (1) Telemecanique patented system which prevents screws from tightening themselves (eg due to vibrations during transport). 2) Standard control circuit voltages for variable time dela .lease consult our Regional Sales Office Volts = 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440

M U from 0.8 to 1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GO U from 0.7 to 1.25 Uc JW BW CW EW - SW FW -

MO UD RD - -

Other versions Control relays CA3-D for other 7.7 voltages between 12 and 660 V. Please consult your Regional Sales Office



LA4-DT U

LA4-DF LA4-DL LA4-DWB (1) LA4-DMK, DMU (1)

LA4-DA1 (1)

LA4-DE1

LA1 -DN, DC

LA1-DX, DZ

LA4-0C1U (2)

LA2-DT DS LA3-OR

LA8-ON

(1) For use on CA2-ON only. (2) For use on CA3-ON only.

4/38 alblernecanktuel

CA2 -DN, DC (--) CA3-0N, DC (..=)

LA4-DV

LA1 -DY

LA6 -DK




For


Equipment Type: Level Relay

Location: Sump Pump Control

Model Numbers: MTR-2

Manufacturer: Multitrode

Supplier: Multitrode.. 130 Kingston Road Underwood Qld 4119

Ph: 07 3808 4011 Fx: 07 3808 0011



MT

ITR

OD

E

RE

LA

Y

240V

AC

ST

R 2

) IN

STA

LL

AT

ION

SI

-lbf

. N

O1

CO

NT

RO

L O

F

TH

RE

E

AP

PLI

AN

CE

S

IN

A

CH

AR

GIN

G

SIT

UA

TIO

N

RE

LAY

P

RO

GR

AM

F

UN

GIS

S

NIT

CH

N

a S

ET

TIN

G

I 2

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

OF

F

OF

F

1 k

Q

Con

cent

rate

d A

cids

, M

iner

als,

A

lkal

ises

if

2f

RE

LAY

S

PR

OG

RA

MM

ED

FO

R

-CH

AR

GIN

G

DU

TY

, S

TA

ND

BY

'

DU

TY

-D

ISC

HA

RG

ING

A

LAR

M

CL'

--4-

1-1-

j1 q

-Ins

tant

act

ivat

ion

i 2

N

16

18

28

-20K

ohm

s se

nsiti

vity

3

P_:

1 9.

a#

ha/

RE

LAY

D

IP

SW

ITC

H

ST

AN

DB

Y

1 2 3 4 5 6 D

UT

Y

PU

MP

C

ON

TR

OLS

vlx#

tta

# [e

a

CI

tt.

E .

1

SE

TT

ING

S

ALA

RM

t 2 3

Lt..1

E

aal

Ai

Vaa

l B

.ai

UZ

I

IMP

OR

TA

NT

LO

W A

LAR

M

RE

LAY

S

ET

IN

C

HA

RG

E

MC

OE

. H

IGH

A

LAR

M

RE

LAY

S

ET

IN

DIS

CH

AR

GE

MO

DE

U

SE

05

AN

D

/18

OF

F

ON

4k

Q

Aci

ds,A

lkal

ines

, D

ilute

d

brin

eSea

wat

er

CH

OS

EN

P

UM

P

ST

OP

NO

TE

: S

wan

n.

nort

hing

to

* us

ually

- 1-

3./

I I -

of

°mam

mar

y ni

,,,

NO

TE

: :.

Con

nect

ion

show

n as

co

mm

on

stop

fo

r bo

th

pum

ps,

how

ever

se

para

te s

tops

ca

n be

ac

com

mod

ated

If

requ

ired

as

show

n do

tted

5 6

['AB

E

taal

W

I S

TA

ND

BY

CO

NT

RO

L

5 6

PU

MP

FO

R

HIG

H

CR

C

ON

NE

CT

TO

LOW

A

LAR

M

CONTROL

LOW

A

LAR

MS

A

LWA

YS

H

I IN

PU

T T

ER

MIN

AL

-SP

AC

ING

ON

O

FF

r-

1 p%

1 ,

rN

Sul

lage

,Sew

age

efflu

ent

20k

XL

Tow

n w

ater

ON

O

N

n Lo

w

cond

uctiv

e liq

uids

, 8u

k iL

P

urifi

ed

wat

er

3 -

4 5

DE

LAY

ON

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

SE

T P

OIN

T(S

)

CH

OS

EN

D

UT

Y

PU

MP

I I

2

TE

RM

INA

L

ST

P

(:::k

d:)

1(4%

il[g

ilil _

C4:

- )kV

IC':]

k:)

itm . =

-,-.

.- z

...-

= =

IC

:10:

141C

tddg

11::

5mm

M

INIM

UM

.

OF

F

OF

F

OF

F

Zer

o S

econ

ds

OF

F

OF

F

ON

2.

5 S

econ

ds

an N

M N

M I

M M

I 14

111,

14 IL

I HA

11:1

S

TA

RT

S

ET

P

ON

T

CH

OS

EN

S

TA

ND

BY

PU

MP

I I

4

- 6

I

177.

Ka

111:

111,

11F4

O

FF

O

N

OF

F

5 S

econ

ds

1441

13iii

nalia

II

I O

PT

M

P O

w

IN

Ow

O

FF

O

N

ON

10

S

econ

ds

2 3

.; V., -

NI

purr

ON

W

EL

A

1111

44

MA

Y I

I

11;6

8.

WP

M

t Ll

ose

Lew

d 1

1 ca

ntrd

Rd

I

Mot

el M

-

. 104.

A

Em

. M

AY

0

ilia&

Mal

TR

U

i W

ad L

eal

I C

ambe

r R

Mor

al 1

17R

-

: r.

A

C

Jae

I

a i .."

OIL

AY

egli

1111

Ton

1 C

one

ol L

C

II

Mod

al

MR

- :

mnr

aa

ON

O

FF

O

FF

20

S

econ

ds

4 5 (

.. Ni

I 1

ON

O

FF

O

N

40

Sec

onds

S

TA

RT

S

ET

P

ON

T

CH

OS

EN

LO

W A

LAR

M I 8

I -

9 M

ULT

1TR

OD

E

5 V

..1

V')

I 2

AC

O

N

ON

O

FF

80

S

econ

ds

to C

OR

E

CA

BLE

8 a

ST

AN

DB

Y

IA

I-.4

LO

W

ALA

RM

ItI

I

SE

LEC

T

ON

1 10

1011

1M11

1100

:11

It

1013

1111

:1

10

1111

8011

1111

11:1

ON

O

N

ON

16

0 S

econ

ds

SE

T

PO

INT

R

10

0

I I ' i''

] 8)

:]

%.1

J g

C8)

ON

1 al

l MI

MI

(14.

41(t

ZIC

.,kt.e

..]

11 E

lm o

I cf

t][...

.41.

1104

1(4d

6

MO

DE

D

ES

IRE

D

LEV

ELS

MU

LTIT

RO

DE

U

.LII

1101

93R

ED

PR

OB

E

io S

EN

SO

R

MU

LTI

TR

OD

E

PR

OB

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

3

MT

R

RE

LAY

S

SE

T

IN

CH

AR

GIN

G

MO

DE

RE

LAY

DU

Tt

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

FO

R

AC

TIV

AT

ION

A

T S

EN

SO

R

#4

DE

AC

TIV

T1O

N

AT

#1

RE

LAY

ST

AN

TIR

Y

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

FO

R

AC

TIV

AT

ION

A

T S

EN

SO

R

#8

DE

AC

TIV

AT

ION

A

T

in

-L

- f P

OM

ER

S

UP

PLY

i .._

- P

ON

ER

S

UP

PLY

. - PO

WE

R

SU

PP

LY

OF

F

Dis

char

ge

ON

C

harg

e

MT

R

DIM

EN

SIO

NS

IN

m

m.

-

RE

LAY

ALA

RM

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

F

OR

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

AT

#10

FIG

UR

E -4

W

AR

NIN

G:

Alw

ays

sepa

rate

pr

obe

cabl

es

from

po

wer

w

iring

ON

-OF

F

CO

NT

RO

L IN

A

C

HA

RG

ING

S

ITU

AT

ION

R

ELA

Y

DIP

S

WIT

CH

I R

ELA

YS

P

RO

GR

AM

ME

D

FO

R

2 D

A

re.,-

24

KiA

l M

K

a 17

11

SE

TT

ING

S

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

OP

ER

AT

ION

IN

A

C

HA

RG

ING

R

ELA

Y D

IP

SN

AT

CH

1

RE

LAY

S

PR

OG

RA

MM

ED

FO

R 2

-Cha

rgin

g 3

IDA

E

iji

kiA

C

Li-4

9:

Lil

E11

SIT

UA

TIO

N

SE

TT

ING

S

-1

CH

OS

EN

P

UM

P

ST

OP

' I i-

2 I

--

5 I

- 6

I 7

I -

8 I

- 9

I 10

1

-Cha

rgin

g 3

-Ins

tant

act

ivat

ion

4 -2

0k O

hm

sens

itivi

ty

5 6

Not

e:

r.

-Ins

tant

act

ivat

ion

4 -2

0k

Ohm

se

nsiti

vity

5 6

Not

e:

' 11

4.0

35.0

P

UM

P

Sep

arat

e ea

rthi

ng 0

CO

NT

RO

LS

tank

us

ually

unn

eces

sary

MU

LTIT

RO

DE

Sep

arat

e ea

rthi

ng o

f A

LAR

M

tank

us

ually

unn

eces

sary

10

CO

RE

C

AB

LE

TE

RM

INA

L

ST

IP

I(V

IOIC

:i)ki

gIC

8)1

74.0

. p .1

014.

7a1

ei.I

.,-.w

el

. 0

1111

tri

I

__

PI

50.0

6 0

14.1

14:1

1114

1111

1.11

1:1

LOW

A

LAR

M

311,

41uo

ditiL

ewili

All

1 2 3 4 5 6

VA

f-

.1

I..1

(.7.

1 (-

) I.1

MA

Y 0

lir

MU

T=

I

Orr

et

rep

iiir:

E

H

DE

LA

Y 3

PR

O"

r".

MO

T=

A

MID

I

I M

I A

11 E

t4

loai

I L

AM

Lev

i i

1 C

cotr

d R

E

I

i Nod

al

SE

T

PO

INT

I

J I

Con

trol

R

A

Nat

e IR

R-

I 1=

2EI

SE

T

PO

INT

CH

OS

EN

P

UM

P

ST

AR

T

MU

LTIT

RO

DE

S

ING

LE

SE

NS

OR

ED

P

RO

SE

,

7 8 a

..a

I-

.111

R-

Ni

[1

1011

1111

1311

1111

021

1110

1111

:111

4011

11:1

. -

VIM OM

1(41

[1:7

1(8.

71:)

1:1

I--

45.0

--I

SE

T

PO

INT

c.

, I

.. -

k!)1

:1[1

:')1C

gld

MU

L 16

.4.1

1 S

EN

SO

RE

D

SE

LEC

T

TR

OD

E

DE

WE

D

LEW

IS

PR

OB

E

-=-

7-=

=7_

-"-

=.

III

.=-

PHO

NE

eo

s-w

m

12K

AT

M10

11r-

tire.

:15-

`71.

AIM

ET

Z14

:4T

X4M

7.1I

Milt

e.i1

114

10 S

EN

SO

R

MU

LTI

TR

OD

E

PR

OB

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

S

ING

LE

- 1

SIN

GLE

S

EN

SO

R

PR

OB

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

=

P

OW

ER

S

UP

PLY

S

ING

LE

MT

R

RE

LAY

IN

C

HA

RG

ING

M

OD

E

AC

TIV

AT

ION

A

ND

D

EA

CT

IVA

TIO

N A

T

SA

ME

P

OIN

T

FIG

UR

E-6

FA

4 '

405-

0011

tr

ail

.111

:11=

7.11

11:B

il C L

le. a

_1!1

11=

111;

/:11 ir

is,

Pow

cw

MT

R

RE

LAY

S

ET

IN

D

ISC

HA

RG

ING

MO

DE

S

UP

PLY

R

ELA

Y C

ON

NE

CT

ED

F

OR

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

AT

S

EN

SO

R

010

DE

AC

TIV

AT

ED

A

T

SE

NS

OR

#7

F

IGU

RE

-5

le.*

-7.7

1.41

4711

1111

11M

IEW

FX

1I-.

!!-11

21*

MU

LT

ITR

OD

E

'1. -i

C7i

l11.

731

., 0.

...

le.:E

ZZ

LIIM

iF.V

,F-1

10.0

1:V

e.: l

e.:1

3.M

tle=

1-I-

14:



MU

!! TR

OD

E

RE

LA

Y

240VA

C

(1111 2)

INST

AL

LA

TIO

N

SHE

ET

. N

O2

CO

NT

RO

L O

F

TH

RE

E

AP

PLIA

NC

ES

IN

A

D

ISC

HA

RG

ING

S

ITU

AT

ION

PR

OG

RA

M

FU

NC

TIO

N!"

TO

RE

LAY

W

I N

S

ET

HN

G o

I 2

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

OF

F

OF

F

1 k 0 C

oncentrated Acids,

'` M

inerals, A

lkalines

RE

LAY

S

PR

OG

RA

MM

ED

FO

R

-DIS

CH

AR

GIN

G

DU

TY

, S

TA

ND

BY

-C

HA

RG

ING

A

LAR

M

1/;1 -Instant

activation 1 2

N

16 18 26,

-20K

ohms

sensitivity 3 D

UT

Y

1111 kiil D

ai [tad K

ai 138

RE

LAY

DIP

S

WIT

CH

ST

AN

DB

Y

1 2 3 4 5 6

DU

TY

P

UM

P

CO

NT

RO

LS

(4411

D

Ce

4

E.,41,11

V.

14 d

SE

TT

ING

S

ALA

RM

1 2 3 4 5 6

ST

AN

DB

Y

PU

MP

C

ON

TR

OL

1,111 E

ui [,,, D

IA

D.aA

W

aal

IMP

OR

TA

NT

H

IGH

A

LAR

M

RE

LAY

SE

T

IN

DIS

CH

AR

GIN

G

MO

DE

, LOW

A

LAR

M

RE

LAY

S

ET

IN

CH

AR

GE

M

OD

E U

SE

/15 A

ND

/16. F

OR

H

IGH

O

R

LOW

ALA

RM

S

ALW

AY

S

CO

NN

EC

T T

O

HI

INP

UT

T

ER

MIN

AL

HIG

H

ALA

RM

C

ON

TR

OL

OF

F

ON

A

cids,Alkolines, D

iluted 4k 0

brine,Sea

water

CH

OS

EN

H

I A

LAR

M

NO

TE

: S

oporato twitting

took laud

1

- 2

- 3

- 4

. -

5 1

of .... r

NO

TE

: C

onnection show

n as

comm

on stop

for both

pumps,

however

separate stops con

be accom

modated

If required ale

shown

dotted

4 5 a O

N

OF

F

Sullage,S

ewage effluent

n AL IL

zuK IL

Tow

n w

ater

ON

O

N

80k (-1 Low

conductive liquids,

" P

urified w

ater S

ET

P

OIN

T

CH

0504 S

TA

ND

BY

PU

MP

I I

3 4

5 D

ELA

Y

ON

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

-SP

AC

ING

TE

RM

INA

L S

TR

IP

(::1/1(.8j1g1(tdrJI

----......---- .-1 ...,J

..,1 io ...., ...t

IC

IC

1( = del

..,, 1[8i1C

. IC

) 11;) 8)

I( IC

'4;) 1

5mm

M

INIM

UM

O

FF

O

FF

' O

FF

Z

ero S

econds

OF

F

OF

F

ON

2.5

Seconds

14.-S1:111:1111:111:1 I I

11:111118M111:1

0 Ill "M

II "

14.119.FA

IGIF

FIIII:1

0 111 M

. O

FF

O

N

OF

F

5 S

econds H

IGH

A

LAR

M

ir M

ir

OF

F

ON

O

N

10 S

econds S

TA

RT

SE

T P

OIN

T

CH

OSE

N

DU

TY

P

UM

P

6

- 7

2 D

iA

3 1-4

4 E

.1.1

5 V

A

jg, A

ye

ulna( t

UM

Ild Lord I

0216.01

a M

aki MT

R_

ado ica

A

EA

00.A

T

11

I* B

LIT=

,

1184t1 LAW

I

a coital R

S

I

Nadi

ML

R_

ll 111D

O.

A

II 1814 M

AY

II

ALI P

DX

1

Uqual Lea

1 c°1"4 M

old um-

ON

O

FF

OF

F

20 S

econds O

N

OF

F

ON

40

Seconds

ST

AR

T

SE

T P

ON

T

CH

OS

EN

P

UM

P

ST

OP

8

- 9

MU

LTIT

RO

DE

10 C

CR

E C

AB

LE

8 (,,,

7 V

I S

TA

ND

BY

DU

TY

O

N

ON

'

a 44240V

:

ME

150gi ftili

: EgrM

ii O

N

ON

O

FF

80

Seconds

8 1.,

9 V

A

oFr - --1

1018:1111001111 10 1:111012111M

il 10 1:1100111E

11 S

ET

PC

INT

(S)

- 10

ON

O

N

ON

160

Seconds

1., t

SE

LEC

T

L C: r) g

[4' V I (4 :] g

R.

.. AL ALI AL A.

ici.t.Ic.4kc. AL AL AL AL

ALI

jjc.41(.41c.,)1[.. 6

MO

DE

D

ES

IRE

D

LEV

ELS

M

ULT

ITR

OD

E

MU

LTI g

PR

OB

E

10 S

EN

SO

R

MU

LTI7R

OC

E

PR

OB

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

3

MIR

RE

LAY

S

SE

T

IN

DIS

CH

AR

GIN

G

MO

DE

R

ELA

Y LILLE

C

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

FO

R

AC

TIV

AT

ION

A

T

SE

NS

OR

#8

DE

AC

TIV

TIO

N

AT

/10

RE

LAY

S

TA

ND

BY

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

F

OR

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

AT

SE

NS

OR

#6

DE

AC

TIV

AT

ION

AT

j10

- =

i PO

WE

R

----- -

PO

WE

R Y

SU

PP

L

=-- -

PO

.-

SU

PP

Y

L

OF

F

Discharge

ON

C

harge S

UP

PLY

SP

EC

IFIC

AT

ION

S

SE

NS

OR

V

OLT

AG

E

12VA

C

NO

MIN

AL

NO

O

F O

UT

PU

TS

2

SE

TS

, 1

NO

&

1

CH

AN

GE

OV

ER

CO

NT

AC

T

RA

TIN

G

5 A

MP

250VA

C

RE

SIS

TIV

E

CO

NT

AC

T

LIFE

105 O

PE

RA

T1 O

N S

SU

PP

LY

VO

LTA

GE

(+-1 C

M)

240, 110,

240VA

C.

50/60Hz

24, 12V

DC

PO

WE

R

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

3.4V

A

(MA

X)

DIM

EN

SIO

NS

mm

(inches)

H74(2.78) X

W

45(1.77) .

X

D114(4.5)

TE

RM

INA

L S

IZE

mm

(In)

2 X

2.5m

m2 (0.642 IN

CH

)

DIS

PLA

Y

LEG

S

GR

EE

N -

PO

WE

R

ON

R

ED

- A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

MO

UN

TIN

G

AR

RA

NG

EM

EN

T

DIN

R

AIL

OR

2X

4rnm

SC

RE

WS

.

(3/16")

SE

NS

ITIV

ITY

(O

HM

S)

SE

LEC

TA

BLE

V

IA

SW

ITC

HE

S

1K,

4K,

20K,

80K

MO

DE

S

ELE

CT

AB

LE

,4A

SW

ITC

HE

S

CH

AR

GE

/DIS

CH

AR

GE

DE

LAY

S

(SE

CS

) S

ELE

CT

AB

LE

VIA

S

WIT

CH

ES

2.5,

5,

10, 20,

40, 80,

160

WO

RK

ING

T

EM

P

C(F

) M

INU

S

10' C

(+14' F

) P

LUS

60' C

(140' F

)

RE

LAY

A

l A

R11. C

ON

NE

CT

ED

F

OR

S

ING

LE

PO

INT

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

AT

pa

FIG

UR

E-4

WA

RN

ING

: A

lways

separate probe

cables from

pow

er w

iring O

N-O

FF

C

ON

TR

OL

IN

A

DIS

CH

AR

GIN

G

SIT

UA

TIO

N

RE

LAY

D

IP

SW

ITC

H

1

RE

LAY

S

PR

OG

RA

MM

ED

F

OR

2

-DIsharging

3 Kig

Da

re,16 E

RA

Itli tuili

SE

TT

ING

S

SIN

GLE

P

OIN

T

OP

ER

AT

ION

F

OR

D

ISC

HA

RG

ING

R

ELA

Y

DIP

S

NIT

CH

1 2 R

ELA

YS

P

RO

GR

AM

ME

D F

OR

-D

lehorgIng 3

P.21

ELI

It VA

['ii reiai

SE

TT

ING

S

CH

OS

EN

P

UM

P

ST

AR

T

-

. -

2 1

- 3

I I -

5 I

- 6

I ; 7

I - 8

i - 9

I 10

I

-Instant activation 4

-20k O

hm

sensitivity 5 a

Note:

HIG

H

-=

-Instant activation

4 -20k

Ohm

sensitivity

5 6

PU

MP

S

eparate eorthIng of

CO

NT

RO

LS

tank N

sogate earthing of

ALA

RM

tank

unitedly unnecessary ti m

idly unnecessary S

ET

P

OIN

T

-MU

LTIT

RO

DE

10

CO

RE

CA

BLE

TE

RM

INA

L S

TR

IP

(I 21(1 21[fl +

.)1(4 )l IC

I I [4' *I r::%

IC: 21[:

II II I i

KR

IM 1114I1 R

IM

1 2 3 4 5 6

I

r-..] (-A

1'.1 E

'.1 114 1:1

.

0 A

in S

IMI

A

I Etri

I ftif' IF

w

i.i TID

E

1 LA

484104 7

Can"

4 1144331

MT

h -

liti.,111:111:1111:1111:11

' 0 1111641 31018

A

04 R

N&

Ills

Pir

'1" all T

RO

X

I U

SA

Leal II

5 G

imbel R

ola II

Moil M

IR-

: cs=4

SE

T

PO

INT

CH

OS

EN

P

UM

P

ST

OP

7 a a

1 '

--` E

CU

M

MU

LTIT

RO

OE

S

ING

LE

SE

NS

OR

ED

PR

OB

E

1-A

D',,

(

Ks 11:110M

11111:11 IIM

ININ

ZII

SE

T

PO

INT

m

em.

ems m

e Ism

Em

s ems=

mem

Ew

e I

.

Ir: -.: __. 7:- I :jig

' - .-

, _ _. L 11.:]1.(g

=- --_ - -

/h. AL AL

Ilk AL

[e 41&41C1P]l[N 44 A.

MU

L S

ELE

CT

T

RO

DE

D

ES

IRE

D

LEV

ELS

M

ULT

I S

EN

SC

NE

D

PR

OB

E

10 S

EN

SO

R

MU

LTI

TR

OD

E

PR

OB

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

S

ING

LE

IIII -

,

7-7 P

OW

ER

1

SIN

GLE

S

EN

SO

R

PR

OB

E

CO

NN

EC

TE

D

TO

S

UP

PLY

S

ING

LE

MT

R

RE

LAY

IN

C

HA

RG

ING

M

OD

E

AC

TIV

AT

ION

A

ND

D

EA

CT

IVA

TIO

N A

T

SA

ME

PO

INT

nouE

-6

RIC

K

3 008-4011

lie.:111:114:11kIIKZ

IF=

.113-1/1:51:V.V

10.1711111;;a4:MA

IMI

PO

WE

R

MT

R

RE

LAY

S

ET

IN

D

ISC

HA

RG

ING

M

OD

E

SU

PP

LY

RE

LAY

C

ON

NE

CT

ED

F

OR

A

CT

IVA

TIO

N

AT

SE

NS

OR

#7

DE

AC

TIV

AT

ED

A

T

SE

NS

OR

#I0 Ira

00k-CO

M

il A ilM

111191:111=,1:11Z

1,1110.1.::71!1=E

llE :V

IMI W

EIN

1.74.-T

t'ZI.ilia=

68111747,141,1MI41:11111211

MuunT

RO

DE

17147Fill1111 f *T

.1 i Aorm

nra-aTr.Liew

0

lq:7.771T/U

11;;;,11::11::F171Z

I./181:14MF

GU

RE

-5 ..,

nu as ,.;

Iliflotl InILIIII




For


Equipment Type: Signal Isolator

Location: Common Control

Model Numbers: SFI/20/4-20

Manufacturer: Mann Industries

Supplier: Burkert. 3/43 Sandgate Road Albion QLD 4010

Ph: 07 3262 8611 Fx: 07 3262 8801



MANN INDUSTRIES PTY LTD

DFI/SFI Series 4-Wire Isolator and Signal Splitter with Power Supply

Calibration and Instruction Manual (Version 1.01)

Quality Endorsed

PanY IS Lie 1873

Introduction

Input +24V

1 1 1 1

I 0 V I III I I I

10113E112100E1EI

U 10 EtZEM11:1111

_ I +1 N L +

1 I I

(Supply! lout)

* Not connected

Cla Input ICU Input +24V +24V (optional)

I 1 1 0 11111 0 IV I i I

1E113E1E1013E110

U 10 camera EMI

_ I+I I I I

N L

I I

-

ISupplyi Cli Ch2 I

Otit I

Out

Adjust the ZERO with the 'Z' screw and the SPAN with the 'S' screw

1.1 Scope This manual contains all the information

necessary to set up, calibrate, and install instruments from Mann Industries DFI/SFI range of Isolators/Splitters.

The inputs of instruments in the DFI/SFI series can be switch selected to mAdc or Vdc covering all the standard ranges in one channel type (SFI) or Two channel type (.DFI).

All the instruments covered by this manual have a number of common features:

35 mm Top Hat mount Internally powered Compact metal enclosure 1500 Volts isolation Temperature stable operation Non-interacting zero and span controls Removable, screw type, terminal blocks

1.2 Revision history Version 1.00-First issue Version 1.01

16/06/97 24/09/97

Installation

2.1 General description

All new units are fully calibrated at the factory, so you should not need to adjust them until the next scheduled calibration, unless you change the range. You should check your requirements against the model number before installation. The model number is given on the side panel and .includes information on power supply, field supply, calibration, input type and output signal format. If no range is specified, the instrument will have been defaulted to 4-20 mA on both inputs and outputs.

All models of Mann Industries DFI/SFI range are 4 Wire devices, ie the power supply is

separate from the output. The instruments have an internal power supply used for internal power, output power, and field power supply. When set as a current transmitter the output is capable of driving up to 1500 S2 @ 20 mA. When set as a voltage transmitter the output is capable of driving receiving devices with input impedances of 500k S2 or above with a 10V span with no recalibration required. Lower input impedances can be handled on voltage outputs with minor recalibration. The DFI provides two fully isolated sourcing transmitters, while the SFI provides one fully isolated sourcing transmitter. The two inputs of the DFI can be externally linked (V in parallel or mA in series) to function as a signal splitter (one input and two isolated outputs). The standard DFI or SFI has one 24V supply (on channel 1) to drive a two wire transmitter on its input. A second 24V supply can be fitted to channel 2 of the DFI if required.

MANN Industries Pty Ltd Page 1 of 4 Ver 1.01 \ DFI-SFI-MANUAL-V 1.01.DOC



2.2 Electrical connections The diagram below shows the external connections for the DFI/SFI Series.

4-20 mA Transmitter

L (+) N (-) Example showing an SFI powering a two wire

transmitter and transmitting an isolated 4-20 mA

signal on its output to a PLC.

Example showing a DPI powering .2

two-wire 4-20 mA transmitters and

transmitting 2 isolated 1-5 V signals

on its outputs to 2 independent PLCs.

* Note PS2 option fitted

4-20 mA DFI Transmitter

jg+24V Ch1

3 $1:1- Ch I

Cili 7 - Ch2

Ch2 14-

15 !0- 16

10 9

L (+) N (-) Example showing a DPI powering a two wire

transmitter and transmitting 2 isolated 4-20 mA

signals on its outputs to 2 independent PLCs.

Example showing a DPI powering a

4-20mA transmitter on Chi and a 0-10V transmitter connected to Ch2, and 2

isolated 4-20 mA signals on its outputs

to 2 independent PLCs.

DFI 12

4

3 13

2

13

7 15

le

L (+) N (-)

PLC 2 PLC 1

Example showing a DPI connected to

one 0-10 V transmitter and

transmitting 2 isolated 0-10 V signals on its outputs to 2 independent PLCs.

Calibration

3.1 General description This section covers the routine calibration for the DFI/SFI range of 4 wire transmitters. New

units are calibrated and checked before being dispatched and should not require recalibration before installation (provided that they were ordered with the correct range).

The calibration controls are: ZERO, which you adjust for the lower value of the range, eg 4 mA or OV.

SPAN, which you adjust for the higher level of the range, eg 20 mA or 10V.

3.2 Equipment required The equipment required to calibrate specific input types is listed below :

1 x 4 + Y2 digit, digital voltmeter (for output signal monitoring) 1 x Mann Industries `Portacal 1000' or similar current/voltage calibrator (for input signal generation). An accurate standard resistor (say 10 Ohms +/- 0.05%) is required for current output calibration

1 x Trimpot adjuster or flat blade screw driver (with blade less than 2.54mm wide)

MANN Industries Ply Ltd Page 2 of 4 Ver 1.01 \ DFI-SFI-MANUAL-V1.01.DOC



3.3 Output signal monitoring

General connection diagram for output, signal monitoring

DFI/SFI (mA)

DVM mV range

F-1 R1

IL 10 Ohms

DFI/SFI output set to dc current ( mA)

Or

DFI/SFI output set to dc voltage (V)

3.4 Input signal monitoring

General connection diagram for input signal monitoring

P1000 Current source or equivalent

DFI/SFI input set to dc current ( mA)

or

LI E P1000

Voltage Source or equivalent

DFI/SFI input set to dc voltage (V)-7,

3.5 ZERO adjustment

The ZERO adjustment allows you to set the output signal to the level that corresponds to the lower level of the input range (eg 4 mA or 0 V). The ZERO adjustment is marked "Z71ide the channel number on the front panel of the unit. To adjust the ZERO proceed as follows:

1. Connect up the instrument according to the previous diagrams. 2. Set the input signal source to the lowest value of the input range required. 3. Turn the ZERO adjustment until the output reaches the correct value. 4. This completes the ZERO adjustment.

3.6 SPAN adjustment

The SPAN adjustment allows you to set the output signal to the level that corresponds to the higher level of the input range (eg 20 mA or 10 V). The SPAN adjustment is marked "S" beside the channel number on the front panel of the unit. To adjust the SPAN proceed as follows:

1. Connect up the instrument according to the previous diagrams. 2. Set the ZERO adjustment according to section 3.5 above. 3. Set the input signal source to the highest value of the input range required. 4. Turn the SPAN adjustment until the output reaches the correct value. 5. Re-check the ZERO adjustment. 6. Do any final minor SPAN adjustment. 7. This completes the Calibration procedure.

MANN Industries Pty Ltd Page 3 of 4 Ver 1.01 \ DFI-SFI-MANUAL-V1.01.DOC



Selection of Input ranges via internal Switches

S2

rINPUT

Tail BOARD CFI rAnt

INOUSTIIIES

97020020 11(3

LK4, LK5

S102 LK1, LK2, LK3

To change the range for the input signal undo the 4 screws on the side paneW which hold the front panel to the instrument. Slide the front panel out. Take care not to lose, the white plastic bushes which fit over the potentiometer screws; they are necessary to maintain isolation as per the specifications. Inside the instrument you will find the terminal board which houses 4 switches and 5

links. Select the switches as per the table below to choose different input configurations.

Input Channel 1 Channel 2

S 1 -1 S1-2 S1-3 SI-4 S101-1 S101-2 S101-3 S10 1F-4

4 to 20 mA ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF F 011 ON OFF OFF

0 to 20 mA OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 0 to 10 V OFF. OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

-10 to 10 V OFF ON ON OFF OFF "ON ON

S2, S102, LK I, LK2, LK3, LK4 and LK5 for factory use only.

Procedure for returning equipment

Advise your local Mann Industries sales representative by phone that you intend to return the unit for service. You will need to supply the serial number and model number as well as the na and telephone number of a person to contact should more information be required. You will asked to provide an order to cover the repair and return freight cost. If the repair is determined to be a warranty claim you will not be charged for the repair or return freight cost.

Pack the equipment to be returned carefully so that no damage occurs during transportation to the factory. Freight costs to the factory will always be to your account and must be arranged by you.

Enclose a return address and a telephone number. Freight returns to you on warranty repairs will only be paid by Mann Industries on our own

choice of couriers and method of transport.

Manufactured By: Mann Industries Pty Ltd 4/26 Leighton Place HORNSBY NSW 2077 AUSTRALIA

PH: 61-2-9477 5822 FAX: 61-2-9477 5819

MANN Industries Pty Ltd Page 4 of 4 Ver 1.01 \ DFI-SFI-MANUAL-V1.01.DOC




For


Equipment Type: Phase Failure Relay


Model Numbers: 252 PSD

Manufacturer: Crompton

Supplier: Alstrom. 3/7 Miller Street Murrarie QLD 4172

Ph: 07 3890 4412 Fx: 07 3890 4413



ifiompton INSTRUMENTS

IIN250PMSH Edition 4 April 1997

Thermistor Trip, Speed Sensing, Phase Angle Protector Relay Installation Instructions

Models Covered 252-PMM 252-PSG 252-PMT

252-PMT 253-PH3

252-PSF 252-PMM

Introduction Thermistor Trip Relay (252-PMM & 252-PMT) Tip inputs are monitored within settable limits. In the event of the input moving outside these limits, the unit will initiate a trip signal via a double pole changeover relay: An illuminated green LED indicates when the thermistor temperature is within normal working limits. The unit is designed such that the alarm relay is energised at normal temperatures is reached, until manual intervention occurs. Model 252-PMM has the facility for manual resetting, so that the trip condition remains after normal operating temperature is reached, until manual intervention occurs.

retaliation Protector should be installed in a dry position, not in

erect sunlight and where the ambient temperature is reasonably stable and will not be outside the range 0 to 60 degrees Celsius. Mounting will normally be on a vertical surface but other positions will not affect the operation and vibrations should be kept to a minimum. The Protectors are designed for mounting on a 35mm rail to DIN 46277. Alternatively they may be screw fixed, a special adaptor can be supplied to mount 252 types.

To mount a protector on a DIN rail, the top edge of the cutout on the back is hooked over one edge of the rail and the bottom edge carrying the release clip clicked into place. Check that the unit is firmly fixed. Removal or repositioning may be achieved by levering down the release clip and lifting the unit up and off the rail.

Phase Balance Relay (252-PSF & 252-PSG) Trip inputs are monitored within settable limits. In the event

the input moving outside these limits, the unit will initiate a signal via a double pole changeover relay. An illuminated LED indicates that the supply is within limits.

Speed Sensing Relay (253-PH3) Trip inputs are monitored within settable limits. In the event of the input moving outside these limits, the unit will initiate a trip signal. The illuminated red LED's indicates that the single pole, output relays are in an energised state and at normal running speed all three relays should be energised. Units are factory adjusted for normal running speed = 0.75mA output. The meter adjust pot on the product front is used for this requirement, which also ensures the trip levels are set to the calibrated values. Terminal 8 is connected to terminal 5 internally. Terminals 15 and 16 give a 0/1mA signal proportion to speed. Terminal 8 is connected to terminal 5 internally. No.1 Relay energises on rising speed No.2 Relay energises on rising speed No.3 Relay de-energises on rising speed

This product is designed for use only with magnetic coil uctive sensors.

252-PMM, 252-PMT & 253-PH3 Pick up, input and output leads should be kept separate from any other wiring.

Setting Controls (252-PSF, 252-PSG) These products have two calibration facilities which can be set to suit operating requirements and they are factory calibrated as follows: - 1. % unbalance set points

Voltages of and below 380 volts L-L are calibrated to 1.0% class index of rated voltage. Voltages above 380 volts L-L are calibrated to 1.5% class index of rated voltage.

2. Time Delay For all voltage ranges 10% maximum delay.

3. Voltage Withstand Continuous overload = 1.35 x rated voltage

Setting Up (all other models) The calibration marks around the controls are provided as a guide if the installer does not have access to accurate equipment. The maximum error of the calibration marks is typically 10% of the span of the control concerned.

Maintenance The unit should be inspected to normal standards for this class of equipment. For example remove accumulations of dust and check all connections for tightness and corrosion. In the unlikely event of a repair being necessary it is recommended that the unit is returned to the factory or to the nearest Crompton Instruments Service Centre, (details on page 2). Should repair be attempted then replacement components must be of the same type, rating and tolerance as those used in the original circuit. It is important that should calibration be deemed necessary, say after repair, then this should only be attempted if the required high accuracy equipment is available. With any enquiry please quote the full model number found on the side label. The unit must be recalibrated after repair. . Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Installation Requirements This product range has been designed to meet the certification requirements of the EU Directives when installed to a good code of practice for EMC in industrial environments. e.g. 1. Screen output and low signal input leads. In the event of RF fields causing problems where screened leads can not be used, provision for fitting RF suppression components, such as ferrite absorbers, line filters Etc., must be made. N.B. It is good practice to install sensitive electronic instruments, that are performing critical functions, in EMC enclosures that protect against electrical interference causing a disturbance in function. 2. Avoid routing leads alongside cables and products that are, or could be, a source of interference. 3. To protect the product against permanent damage, surge transients must be limited to 2kV pk. 4. Electro Static Discharge (ESD) precautions must be taken at all times when handling this product. For assistance on protection requirements please contact your local sales office.



Connection Diagrams

252-PMT

253-PH3

252-PSF 252-PSG

Output Relay

Contact Set 1 Contact Set 2 1'1'1' I I 'I 14 11 12 22 21 24 PROTECTOR

Pompton

L Aux N

MAX 1500 n

tl 12 I . l .

L__J Supply

Thermistor ,' Connections

Relay

Contact Set 1 Contact Set 2

14 11 12 - 22 21 24 to, '42) % Unbal 5/ .15 SET

PACITECTIMI 24

21

1146:.4-111

°b. Pompton

L1

43) 5

seconds 0/ '1

DELAY 0

L2 L3

Input

Dimensions in mm

Model 252

70

Model 253

112

252-PMM

253-PH3

IW250PMSH Edition 4 April 1997. Page 2

Output Relay

Contact Set 1 Contact Set 2 i 141 -I 14 11 12 22 PROTECTOR

. 24 "S 72

Gompten

I I

21 24

RESET

1MAX 1500 ft

II t2 L AUlt N RI R2 . I'

1---I Supply

Thermistor Connectloha

Connection Details

252-PMM can operate in either an automatic or a manual reset, mode. For automatic the reset link R1-R2 is to be disconnected. For manual the reset link R1-R2 must be inserted.

CRANK UNDER

Connection diagrams should be carefully followed to ensure correct polarity and phase rotation where applicable. External voltage transformers may be used on 252-PSF and 252-PSG to extend the range. Connection wires should be sized to comply to applicable regulations and codes of practice. These products do not have internal fuses therefore external fuses must be used for safety protection under fault conditions.

\ Release Clip

1123

12

Adaptor Plate

so r

2 Fixing Holes'A' 2 Fixing Holes To suit le14 To sun MS

LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE:- This product complies with BSEN61010-1

WARNING Voltages dangerous to human life may be present at some of the terminals of this unit. Ensure all supplies are de-energised before attempting any connectiorddisconnection. If it Is necessary to make adjustments with the power connected then exercise extreme caution. This product Is manufactured by Crompton Instruments Limited. Freeboumes Road, Witham, Essex. CM8 3AH. Telephone 01376 512601, Fax: (01376) 518320. Our policy is one of continuous development, and although the Information is correct at the time of publication, we reserve the right to supply products differing in construction or dimension from those illustrated and described.

Sales Centres UNITED KINGDOM South East (Witham) Crompton Instruments Ltd Freeboumes Road,Witham, Essex. CM8 3AH Tel: (0)1376 502051 Fax: (0)1376 500860 South West (Abingdon) Crompton Instruments Ltd Tel: (0)1235 521872 Fax (0)1235 528946 North (Halifax) Crompton Instruments Ltd Tel: (0)1422 246183 Fax (0)1422 248545 NETHERLANDS (Rotterdam) Crompton Instruments BV Tel 0180 432033 Fax 0180425640 GERMANY (Ratingen) Crompton Messinstnanente GmbH Tel: 02102 94790 Fax 02102 46001 SINGAPORE Crompton Instruments (SE Asia) Pte Ltd Tel: 481 8866 Fax 481 8254 HONG KONG Crompton Instruments Ltd (HK) Tel: 852 25520267 Fax 852 28731476 AUSTRAUA (Sydney) Crompton Instruments (Aust) Ply Ltd Tel: (0)2 9603 2066 Fax (0)2960033 9335 JAPAN (Tolryo) Hawker Sidd* Japan KK Tel: 03 3987 1421 Fax 033987 1831 CANADA (Toronto) Crompton Instruments Ltd (Canada) Tel: (905) 6712251 Fax (905) 6712617 USA (Atlanta) Crompton Instruments Inc Tel: (770)425 Fax (770) 423 7194




For


Equipment Type: Current Transducer

Location: Pump Control

Model Numbers: 244-01RG

Manufacturer: Crompton

Supplier: Alstrom. 3/7 Miller Street Murrarie QLD 4172

Ph: 07 3890 4412 Fx: 07 3890 4413



IW250X- Edition 6 January 1997

Paladin Advantage Transducer Installation Instructions

Introduction This Crompton Advantage range of precision transducers converts ac inputs into an industry7standard DC signal for monitoring and control use, with an accuracy to 'Class'0.2.

Electromagnetic . Compatibility (EMC) Installation Requirements This product -range *has . been -,designed to meet the certification requirements of the EU Directives when installed to a good 'code of practice for EMC in industrial environments.-e.g. - .-, ' -"- - .

1.Screen output and low signal input-leads. In the event of RF fields causing problems where screened leads can not be used, provision for fitting RF suppression components, such as ferrite absorbers, line filters Etc., must be made.N.B: 'It Is good practice to install sensitive electronic instruments, that are performing

iflice! functions, in EMC enclosures that protect against ctrical interference causing a disturbance in function. Avoid routing leads alongside cables and products that

are, or could be, a source- Of interference. . .

3. To protect the product against permanent damage, surge transients must be limited 6 2kV pk. 4. Electro Static Discharge (ESD) precautions must be . .. ...

taken at all times when handling this produCt. For assistance on protection requirements please contact your local sales office.

Installation - General Units must be mounted in a reasonably stable ambient temperature within the range 0 to 60 °C. The units must not be mounted where they will be subjected to excessive sunlight and vibration 'should be kept to a minimum. Connection wires must be sized to comply with local regulations and preferably should be fitted with tags for the terminals provided. Labels are fixed to the units and cam/ connection input information. These products do not have inemal fuses therefore external fuses must be used

*safety protection under fault conditions. h/Ground Connections

For safety reasons, CT secondary connections should be grounded according to local codes of practice.

Inputs See the data label on the product. The input connection wire must be rated to suit the voltages wick currents used and be capable of transmitting at.least 30VA continuous.

Outputs See the data label on the product. ' The transducer output produces a current sufficient to drive standard panel meters, computer hardware, relays, etc. The connection wires must be rated to suit the isolation voltage required and be capable of transmitting at least 1

watt.The analogue outputs use the bridge-tied-load (BTL) principle, for a number of technical benefits. Please note that the -ve terminals may not be commoned together, and that the RTU or similar load must have differential inputs. Outputs a, b and c follow the same order as the product

scription, eg: 256-XRL is a Watt & VAr. & VA transducer. 11/tput terminals a15 and a16 are for the Watt transducer, terminals b15 and b16 are for the VAr. transducer and terminals c15 and c16 are for the VA transducer.

ICompton INSTRUMENTS

Products Covered

252-X** 253-XHZ 256-X**

Commissioning

The units are calibrated at the factory. No further. .adjustments are required. Zero and span adjustment is provided under the bungs on the front panel. Resetting these will degrade the accuracy of this transducer but may be used to compensate for CT and other errors. The front LED is lit when an-auxiliary supply is present and indicates that at least part of the transducer circuit is working satisfactorily. On self powered models an input signal is required for the LED to function.

Service Maintenance

The transducers contain no user serviceable parts. For recalibration service please contact our local Sales office, details of which are over the page.-

Type 252-XAA Single Phase Current, self powered

N 'Fr

Type 256-XAS/XAR 3 0 Current, 3 Outputs

L1

L2

L3

N

0 a

13 14' itS ale bid ble olS C16

ran ra ra ra ra CM ra WM

11 I V PR PP PR 0 0 0

Ll 12 L3

K L 0 a d K L

Type 252-XAS/XAR/XAL Single Phase Current

N

1 3 4 ; 7 9 2 5 8 11 13 14 1 6

0 a d



, .

.1W250X Edition 6, January 1997 page 2

P4I4diti Advantage Transducer Installation. Instructions

Type 252-XVS, XVZ, XVR, XVL Single Phase Voltage

Type 256- XVS/XVR/XVZ/ 3 0 4W Voltage, 3 Outputs

LI

L2

L3

N

11 13 14 15 816 b15 b16 615. 616

ceraviriiraranririHrarairininfil[11171

L1/N L2/N L3/N

L1

L2

L3

N

Type 256-XLK Voltage, Curient & Frequency , 3 Outputs

a d

13 14 .16 610 615 816 15 e10 ri nrarin It7 CIO CI 11:111a 117 SI CI 11171

PIM PI 0 0 0

0

a d

Type 256- XWL/XXIJXYL/XFW/XFG/XPW/XPG 3 0 3W balanced load, Watts or. Vars or VA or Phase Angle or Power Factor. One Output.

LI

L3

1 3 2 5 6 13 14 .15 616

Notes on connection diagrams

Type 252-XVA, Type 253-TVA 253-XHZ Single Phase Voltage Self Powered and Frequency

: Cling:IMO CI 1017111:11F1 C1121.71

L 0

L1

L2

13

Type 256-XVW/XVY/XVX 3 0 3W Voltage, 3 Outputs

in mom ra ram PI ea Dm:1mm NI CI MN

0 PI PI 0 PI 0 L1/1.2 L2/1.3 II Atreikary

Type 256-XWICDOOC/XYKADKAEK XGK/XFS/XFA/XPS/XPA Single phase, Watts or Vars or VA or Phase Angle or Power Factor, Watt & Var: Watt, Var & VA: Watt, Var & Power Factor. One Output

4444 44 2 5 8 II 13 14 815 116 nnnnnionnionnnno

L

0

a d

Type 256-XRIJXSLJXJL 3 0 3W balanced load, Watt, Var & VA: Watt, Var & Power Factor, 3 Outputs

LI

L2

L3

1 3 2 5 8 13 14 815 06 1315 016 616 616

tiararaCIEIVICIFICIMFICICIIC1111111111111111

I II V 111 PI

ci Cs Co

0 a d

1) When using more than one item via a Current Transformer, the inputs must be in series. 2) Auxiliary supply applies only if ordered. For maximum performance an A.C. or D.C. auxiliary is recommended. Self powering is

achievable for a voltage variation of less than 20%. 3) When there is more than one output the outputs are in the sequence of the description i.e. on a Watt, Var & VA transducer,

output (a) is Watt, (b) is Var and (c) is VA.



IW250X Edition 6 January 1997 page 3

Paladin Advantage Transducer Installation Instructions

Type 256 -XWH 3 0 4W, balanced load, Watts or Vars or VA

L1

L2

L3

N

8 11. 13 14 15 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

K L

Type 256-XDH 3 0 4W balanced load, Watt & Var, 2 outputs

L1

12

L3

N

I 3 2 11 13 14 An ADS 015 b16

ra MI CI 0 CIE71 fl ratan RI 13111[11 MON

k I rdO 0 1

K L

Type 256-XDL 3 0 3W balanced load, Watt & Var, 2 Outputs.

L1

L2

L3

I 3 2 5 II 13 14 .15 .10 b15 bib 0 VI CI 0 OM PI non DI CI CI CII CI CM

k I

+ Amelbsty

PR ip lb. PR rd

VAR

K L

Type 256-XDW 3 0 4W, unbalanced load, 3 elements Watt & Var, 2 Outputs

L1

L2

1.3

N

3 4 8 7 0 2 5 6 11 13 14 .15 816 DIS D16

0 FICICICIMI FICICICICICICICIICI

k 1 11 Assebery

Pig 0 P11

CO VAR

k1 NM K L

111 K L

Notes on connection diagrams

L

0

a d

IGompton INSTRUMENTS

Type 256-XRH/XSWXHJH 3 0 4W balanced load, Watt, Var & VA: Watt, Var & Power Factor, 3 outputs

L1

L L2

O L3 a d N

1 3 11 13 14 IS .16 515 b16 cIS 016

lo j o lol o I 0 I

k I

101oloJolo (ol 0J0101o10

Type 256-XWH/XXH/XYWXFV/XFO/XPV/XPD 3 0 4W balanced load, Watts or Vars or VA or Phase Angle or Power Factor. One Output.

3 2 11 13 14 AIS 016

Type 256 XWWXXWXYWXZliA/XFU/XFC/XPU/XPC 3 0 3W unbalanced load, Watts or Vars or VA or Phase Angle or Power Factor. One Output

0 a d

I 3 4 8 7 0 2 5 8 11 13 14

0 SI In CI MCI CI CI

Ll I mill K L

L2

L3

L

0 a d

K

.15 8111

In

0

Not XZM (RS232 only)

Type 256-XWE/XXE/XYE/XFE/XFF/XPE/XPF 3 0 4W, unbalanced load, 3 outputs Watts or Vars or VA or Phase Angle or Power Factor

0

a d

1 3 4 6 7 9 2 5 8 11 13 14 IS b15 16 b16 e1S eta

0 El la CIO CIO DI VI CI MI PI CI Ka [I ra VI Fl

L1

k I 11 A:m.y. IN

L2 k1 Da

K 1 gm

N K L

a

1) When using more than one item via a Current Transformer, the inputs must be in series. 2) Auxiliary supply applies only if ordered. For maximum performance an A.C. or D.C. auxiliary is recommended. Self powering is

achievable for a voltage variation of less than 20%. 3) When there is more than one output the outputs are in the sequence of the description i.e. on a Watt, Var & VA transducer,

output (a) is Watt, (b) is Var and (c) is VA.



IW250X' Edition .6 January 1997 page 4

Paladin-Advantage Transducer Installation Instructions

Type 256-XDM 3 0 3W.unbalanced load, Watt & Var, 2 Outputs

Li

1 4 0 7 9"2 3 6.. 11. 13 '14 15 .16913 916

CI Ca CI la ICI CI CM CI IMICIO11

11111

I v M4474 10.

a

K L

Type 256-XRM/XSWXJM 3 0 3W unbalanced load, Watt, Var & VA: Watt, Var & Power Factor, 3 outputs.'

LI

L2

L3

1 3 4 6 7 9 2 3 11 13 14 an 4111 0 FM RIICICIEIVICICIE:2211C111117113131:111C1

K L MENU

PI III pp Co co

K L

DiMensions measurements in mm

2 Fixing holes to suit M4

2 Fixing holes to suit M5

112.5

a

A

Model -- A ' B 250' 22.5 252 55 253 75 60 256 150 135

Note: Model 256 case is fitted with two release clips

Type 256-XWW/XiW/XYW/XZW XFT/XFB/XPT/XPB 3 0 4W, unbalanced load, 3 elements Watts or Vars or VA or Phase Angle or Power Factor. One Output

Ll

L2

L3

N

1 3 4 . 6 7 0 2 6 6, 13 14 415 .16

111111I L

K L

Not XZW (RS232 only)

K L

Type 256-XRW/XSW/XJW 3 0 4W, unbalanced load, 3 elements Watt,Var VA: Watt,Vai4.Power, Fitctor, 3 Outputs

I 3 4 6 7 0 2 6 0 11 13 14 En 101 915 We 613 616 Mr/ 1131131CICICMCI cura CICICICHICIIII3

LI

k -1 11 .1111 v 1111 PI

X I .

L2 k I MINN

K L L3

' IN c

N K L

Sales Centres UNITED KINGDOM South East (Witham) Crompton Instruments Ltd Freebournes RoadNitham, Essex. CM8 3AH Tel: (0)1376 502051 Fax: (0)1376 500860 South West (Abingdon) Crompton Instruments Ltd Tel: (0)1235 521872 Fax: (0)1235 528946 North (Halifax) Crompton Instruments Ltd Tel: (0)1422 246183 Fax: (0)1422 248545 NETHERLANDS (Rotterdam) Crompton Instruments BV Tel: 0180 432033 Fax: 0180 425640 GERMANY (Ratingen) Crompton Messinstrumente GmbH Tel: 02102 94790 Fax: 02102 46001 SINGAPORE Crompton Instruments (SE Asia) Pte Ltd Tel: 481 8866 Fax: 481 8254

HONG KONG Crompton Instruments Ltd (HK) Tel: 852 25520267 Fax 852 28731476 AUSTRALIA (Sydney) Crompton Instruments (Aust) Pty Ltd Tel: (0)2 9603 2066 Fax: (0)2 9603 9335 JAPAN (Tokyo) Hawker Siddely Japan KK Tel: 03 3987 1421 Fax 03 3987 1831 CANADA (Toronto) Crompton Instruments Ltd (Canada) Tel: (905) 6712253 Fax: (905) 6712617 USA (Atlanta) CrOMpton Instruments Inc Tel: (770) 425 8903 Fax: (770) 423 7194

LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE:- This product complies with BSEN61010-1

WARNING Voltages dangerous to human life may be present at some of the terminals of this unit. Ensure all supplies are de-energised before attempting any connection/disconnection. If it is necessary to make adjustments with the power connected then exercise extreme caution. This product is manufactured by Crompton Instruments Limited, Freeboumes Road, Witham, Essex. CM8-3AH. Telephone 01376 512601, Fax: (01376) 518320. Our policy is one of continuous development, and although the information is correct at the time of pi.iblication, we reserve the right to supply products differing in construction or dimension from those illustrated and described.




For


Equipment Type: Power Monitor

Location: Incoming Section

Model Numbers: PM290-05-2AC-00-0-0

Manufacturer: Satec

Supplier: VMS Systems. 65 Park Road Milton QLD 4064

Ph: 07 3307 1388 Fx: 07 3307 1295



PM290 POWERMETER

.1/4

Installation and Operation Manual



LIMITED WARRANTY

The manufacturer offers the customer an 24-month functional warranty on the instrument for faulty workmanship or parts from date of dispatch from the distributor. In all cases, this warranty is valid for 36 months from the date of production. This warranty is on a return to factory basis.

The manufacturer does not accept liability for any damage caused by instrument malfunction. The manufacturer accepts no responsibility for the suitability of the instrument ,to the application for which it was purchased. -A

Failure to install, setup or operate the instrument according to the instructions herein will void the warranty.

Your instrument may be opened only by a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer. The unit should only be opened in a fully anti-static environment. Failure to do so may damage the electronic components and will void the warranty.

NOTE The greatest care has been taken to manufacture and calibrate your instrument. However, these instructions do not cover all possible contingencies that may arise during installation, operation or maintenance, and all details and variations of this equipment are not covered by these instructions.

For additional information regarding installation, operation or maintenance of this instrument, contact the manufacturer or your local representative or distributor.

sim#bitt 75P54-; rfR 'RK:Pe

Please read instructions contained in this manual before performing installation, and take note of the folloWing precautions:

1. Ensure that all incoming AC power and other power sources are turned OFF before performing any work on the instrument.

2. Check the labels on the side of the instrument before connecting to the power source to ensure that your instrument is equipped with the appropriate power supply voltage, input voltages, currents, analog output and communication protocol for your application.

2. Do not connect the instrument to a power source if it is damaged.

3. Do not expose the instrument to rain or moisture.



4. The secondary of an external current transformer must never be allowed to be open circuit when the primary is energized. Ensure that the current transformer wiring is made through shorting switches and is secured using an external strain relief to reduce mechanical strain on the screw terminals, if necessary.

Setup procedures must be performed only by qualified personnel familiar with the instrument and its associated electrical equipment.

6. DO NOT attempt to ope:ò the instrument under any circumstances.

Modbus is a trademark of Modicon, Inc.

'21"Read through this manual thoroughly before connecting the instrument to the current carrying 'circuits. During operation, hazatdous voltages. are present on input terminals. Failure to observe precautions can result in fatal Injury and/or damage to equipment. '

BG0208 Rev. Al

ii

L



Table of Contents

Quick Start iv

1 Introduction 1

2 Installation and Interfaces 4 2.1 Mechanical Installation 4 2.2 Electrical Installation .' 6

3 Setup 14 3.1 Setup Procedure 14 3.2 Wiring Mode: CnF 16 3.3 Potential Transformer Ratio: Pt 17 3.4 Current Transformer: Ct 18 3.5 Maximum Power Demand Period: P 18 3.6 Maximum Ampere Demand Period: AP 19 3.7 Memory Buffer: buF 20 3.8 Reset: rSt 20 3.9 Baud Rate: br 21 3.10 Communication Address: Add 21 3.11 Handshake Mode: H.Sh 22 3.12 Communication Protocol: CoP 22 3.13 Relays 23 3.14 Analog Output: A (optional) 25

4 Data Display 28 4.1 Display Pages 28 4.2 Self-Test Diagnostics 29 4.3 RESET 29

Appendix A: Technical Specifications 30

Appendix B: Communication Cable Drawings 35



TYPICAL INSTALLATION

/ (SW2) LED, / 1 10

".1

FTbx() *

COMMUNICATION RS-485 , / / + PC

f DIP SWITCHES LEDS 9 PIN FEMALE

/ hoiIl tifit8112

5 1

P 'q 9 6

11_

i 1 "

" --

#1

W4009100q1000000',

LOAD

24V ANALOG OUTPUT

N (-)

L (+)

SUPPLY POWER

230VAC

GROUND R2 R3

EXTERNAL ritbSYNOIRONIZAT1ON

RELAY OUTPUTS

LINE 1 (A) LINE 2 (B) LINE 3 (C)

N

#2

6 ri 1 c 4679 e el c# Et

2 5 1 10 12 n : . )

....

'

K Jja L

101-k L

K

Shorting Switches

LOAD

01-0101

iv



S BASIC and COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS SETUP

(* default setting)

Pahl met r ptions ss

se on CnF Wiring mode 30P

4Ln 3dir 4LL *

3-wire open delta using 2 CTs 4-wire Wye using 3 PTs 3-wire direct connection using 2 CTs 4-wire Wye using 3 PTs

Pt PT ratio 1.0i - 6,500.0 Potential transformer ratio Ct CT primary current 1-50,000A

(5000*) Primary rating of the phase current transformer

Ct.G Ground Leakage CT primary current

1-50,000mA (5000*)

Primary rating of the ground leakage current transformer (Option L only)

P Power demand period

1, 2, 5, 10, 15*, 20, 30, 60, E

Length of demand period for power demand calculations, in minutes. E = external synchronization

A.dP Ampere demand period

0-1800s (15*)

Length of demand period for ampere demand calculations 0 = measuring peak current

# Relay number 1, 2, 3 or 4 Relay setpoints buF Buffer size 8*, 32 No. of measurements for RMS

sliding averaging rSt Reset diS, En * Protects all reset functions if disabled br Baud rate /

data format 110, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600* bps/ 7E (7 bits, even parity), BE (8 bits, even parity), 8n* (8 bits, no parity)

Add Address ASCII protocol: 0*-99, Modbus protocol: 1*-247 H.Sh Incoming flow

control (handshaking)

nonE* SOFt

Hard

No handshaking Software handshaking (XON/XOFF protocol) Hardware handshaking (CTS protocol)

CoP Communications protocol and interface standard

ASC1232 ASC1422

ASC1485* bin232 bin422 bin485 Prnt232

ASCII protocol, RS-232 ASCII protocol, RS-422 .` ASCII protocol, RS-485 Modbus RTU protocol, RS-232 Modbus RTU protocolj1S-422 Modbus RTU protocol, RS-485 Printer mode

Pr Printout period 1*,2,5,10,15,20, 30,60 minutes

Time interval between successive printouts



1 Introduction The PM290 is a 3-phase AC Powermeter specially designed to meet the needs of users ranging from electrical panel builders to substation operators. The PM290 performs all basic power measurements; Option L provides ground leakage current measurements (instead of external synchronization).

Measured Parameters The PM290 measures and displays the folloviing parameters: Parameter PM290 Option L True RMS voltage (3-phase or line-to-line) True RMS current per phase Active Power Apparent Power Reactive Power Active Power Maximum Demand Active Power Accumulated Demand Ampere Maximum Demand per phase Apparent Power Maximum Demand System Power Factor Active Energy (Consumption) Returned Energy Reactive Energy Frequency Unbalanced Current (Zero Sequence) - for 4 wire system Ground Leakage Current (Option L) External Synchronization Input

-,

This parameter can be read only via Modbus communications. Control and Alarm Relays Four programmable relays provide alarms, control and load shedding. Any combination of setpoints listed below can be assigned to any relay. See Section 3.13.

High current High apparent power High voltage High reactive power Low voltage Low power factor High active power accumulated demand High unbalanced current (zero sequence) or High ground leakage current (Option L)

Chapter 1 Introduction 1

""111111111priperrw^7.,,,,,-.,:ravwc,. r-fi



Communications Connection (optional) Connection to a printer, computer or central control room is enabled by an RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 communications port that can operate at baud rates of up to 9,600 bps. The RS-422/RS-485 port can operate in multi-drop mode, permitting the connection of up to 32 instruments to a single communications line. In the printer mode, the Powermeter provides direct output of measurement parameters in printable format. See Section 2.2.9 for pinouts and Appendix C for cable drawings.

Analog Output (optional) One optional internal analog output is available for the following measured Ka lues:

Voltage (3-phase or line-to-line) Current (3-phase or line-to-line) Active power accumulated demand Power factor

Active power Apparent power Reactive power Frequency

An external power supply (15-30VDC,24 VDC nominal) is required. See Section 2.2.8 for connection.

If more than one analog output is desired, up to two AX-8 analog expanders are available, providing up to 12 analog outputs. Contact your distributor for purchasing AX-8 units.

Digital Input One optically isolated digital input is provided for external synchronization of power demand period. See Typical Installation on page iv for connection.

Ground Leakage (Option L) Option L provides ground leakage current measurements for monitoring and alarm setting. A special ground leakage current transformer (secondary current 5 mA) is required. See Section 2.2.10 for connection.

2 Chapter 1 Introduction



Getting Started Connect the Powermeter to a suitable power supply. The Powermeter will initiate a series of self-tests. Upon completion of the self-tests, all of the front panel LEDs will light up for one second and indicate a one- digit diagnostic code. An '8' represents normal power up. If a different diagnostic code constantly appears when you apply power to the instrument, contact your local distributor.

The Front Panel

tiqf *PAX<

Up/Down arrow keys are used to scroll pages forward/backward

Select is used to enter the setup mode from the default monitoring mode; it is also used to define the setup parameters (see Chapter 3, Initial Setup)

Enter/Reset is used to reset measured values (if in monitoring mode) or to enter setup parameter values (if in setup mode)

Chapter 1 Introduction 3



Mb

2.1 Mechanical Installation

..,

Figure 2-1 Front Panel Mounting (standard)

4 Chapter 2 Installation and Interfaces



c.n

ALL

D

IME

NS

ION

S I

N M

M.

5,0

04.8

ST

EP

3

Tig

hten

the

4 t

hrus

t scr

ews

Fig

ure

2-2

Rea

r M

ount

ing

ST

EP

2

Mou

nt th

e 0-

ring

on t

he i

nstr

umen

t

ST

EP

1

Con

nect

the

brac

ket

to t

he ir

l.ltr

umen

t

99-0

1063

/2



2.2 Electrical Installation

2.2.1 Dip Switches RS-232

II 34r`1f1[1

\DIP SWITCHES/

R S- 422/RS -485

10 .LEDs

FM-15R° 6 7 8 9 10

C

Rx; Tx,

-

r:

Figure 2-3 Dip Switches (Rear View)

Communications (see section 2.5): RS-232: switches 1-4 ON, switches 5-8 OFF; RS-422/RS-485: switches 1-4 OFF, switches 5-8 ON.

Setup (see Chapter 3): switch 9 ON = enable, OFF = disable

Page scrolling: switch 10 ON = stay at current page, OFF = return to page 1 after 30 seconds.

Analog Expander: switch 2 ON = enabled, OFF= disabled (in this case the internal analog output remains available).

If the instrument is installed in a harsh environment with potential for electromagnetic impulses from heavy switch gears, motors or lightning, then it is mandatory to use the EMI/RFI suppression cores provided with the instrument, as shown in Figure 2-4.




POWER SUPPLY

t. .

L -

11 12 13

K1 Li K2 L2 K3 L3

vioeoo@oggeweee

0

CONNECTION TERMINAL #1

EMI/RF1 SHIELDING CORES ASSY.

SUPPRESSION CORE

EL000) WIDE

0

;<.

ELOOOO

J..)

V, Vi Vs Vii CONNECTION TERMINAL #2

010t013.2

Figure 2-4 Use of Suppression Cores

2.2.2 Power Source Connection AC power supply: connect the live line of the power source to terminal 14 and the neutral to terminal 13.

DC power supply: connect the positive supply wire to terminal 14 and the negative wire to terminal 13 (see Typical Installation on page iv).

2.2.3 Voltage Input Connections 660V Input: Direct Connection Wiring diagrams for these are provided in Figures 2.5, 2.7, and 2.9.

660V Input: Using Potential Transformers Wiring diagrams for applications where potential transformers (PT) are used are provided in Figures 2-6 and 2-8.

120V Input Instruments with 120V input (Option U) must be wired via potential transformers. Wiring diagrams are provided in Figures 2-6 and 2-8.

Chapter 2 Installation and Interfaces 7



2.2.4 Current Input Connections See Typical Installation on page iv for current input connections.

tv*csAll et-S:routit,:pe`cOnneCted in the, correct Order and With the come Pali* as ,Shawn" the." wiring diagrams for the

-instrument tooperate properly. if the instrument displays a' powet!.Ipatpi;ottzerp:or close to it, or if power readings show unreaeonable'valuisisOhle may indicate a reversal of polirity, Of the et connections.

2.2.5 Ground Connection Connect theinstrunnent chassis ground to the switchgear earth ground using dedicated wire greater than 2mm2/14AWG. See Typical Installation on page iv for ground connection.

2.2.6 Wiring Configurations There are 5 possible wiring configurations, illustrated through 2-9:

in Figures 2-5

No. Wiring Configuration Wiring Mode

1) 3-wire direct connection using 2 CTs 3dir

2) 3-wire open delta connection using 2 PTs, 2 CTs 30P

3) 4-wire WYE direct connection using 3 CTs 4L-n or 4L-L

4) 4-wire WYE connection using 3 PTs, 3 CTs 4L-n or 4L-L

5) 4-wire grounded delta connection using 3 CTs 4L-n or 4L-L

L-n = line-to-neutral; L-L = line-to-line voltage readings; voltage readings in

3-wire configurations always represent line-to-line voltages




LINE 1(A)o

LINE 2(B) 0

LINE 3(C)0

Currents II! I

+ -

1_112 9 S 801101001201

0 30 40 60 70 601_,

Voltages Vij V2 V3

LOAD

Shorting Switches

c99-02015

Figure 2-5 3-wire Direct Connection Using 2 CTs - Wiring Mode 3dir

LINE 1(A) 0

LINE 2(B) 0

LINE 3(C) 0 K

+ - +, ,AAAAA,

+ r + 17:7- ron- Li I

I Currents I

LQJ 0

I2 I3

1110 36 40 60 70 80L 20 50 80110100120

Voltages V1 V2 V VN

Figure 2-6 3-Wire Open Delta Connection Using 2 PTs, 2 CTs - Wiring Mode 30P (Note the connection between terminals 5 and 11)

LOAD

Shorting Switches

c99-02016




LINE 1(A) 0

LINE 2(B) 0

LINE 3(C)o

K L

K L

L

Currents I + - +

LOAD

C'-' Shorting Switches

_J

12 13

H102 305 dr.` 6r. L3 'Y107(1)0(3?2151

Voltages Vi V2 V3 VN

c99-02018

Figure 2-7 4-Wire Wye Direct Connection Using 3 CTs - Wiring Mode 4L-n/4L-L

LINE 1(A) 0

LINE 2(B) 0

LINE 3(C)o

N o

K ery, L

+ K L

K

"Yr

- _s

o- 1- rO4- 1 1

I o 1

o

LOAD

--I 0 .1\4- r 1 Shorting Lo; ) Switches

Currents 11 12 13 + +

1110 30 40 60 70 90 5Q 8011010012P-1

Voltages V, V2 V3 VN

Figure 2-8 4-wire Wye Connection Using 3 PTs, 3 CTs - Wiring Mode 4L-n/4L-L

c99-02019




LINE 1(A)

LINE 2(B)

LINE 3(C)

N

Ci(A) K

40:VAC 1!XI3).

i40iACI2 VIC

VAC

121VAC L3(C) polar

Power Transformer delta connection

L1(A)

L2(B)

r--

12 + + + 00 30 40 60 7 "1

5Q V14

13

VOLTAGES DISPLAYED: 1(C) 1. Line to neutral voltages: 12W; 208V; 120V.

2. Line to line voltages: 240V; 240V; 240V.

LOAD

-1 Shorting _2 Switches

Figure 2-9 4-wire Grounded Delta Connection 'Using 3 CTs - Wiring Mode 4L-n/4L-L

c99-02021

2.2.7 Relay Output Connections Use relays #1, 2 and 4 for setpoints or KYZ pulsing. These relays do not energize on power up.

Use relay #3 for alarm/trip setpoint. This relay energizes on power up and de-energizes on trip condition.

Figure 2-10 illustrates wiring connections for the relays.

R1 R2 R3 R4

CYD 15 CXD 0 sCD @ CX) 23 CD 0 CIS)

0

Figure 2-10 Relay Output Connections (Note: Power supply shown switched on)

01-01009-3




2.2.8 Analog Output The Analog Output requires a galvanically isolated external power supply. See Figure 2-11 for connections: negative to terminal 15 and positive to terminal 16. In certain industrial applications, a circuit may be required to protect against accidental shorts.

To terminal #16

To terminal #15

D1

FUSE 24V

D1=1 N 4002

C1=0.1 MF/50V

VR1=250Vrms

FUSE=100mA(S.B.)

Figure 2-11 Analog Output Connection

2.2.9 Communications Connector Pinout The serial interface connector is a standard D-type 9-pin plug-in, located at the top center of the back of the instrument. Tables 2-1 and 2-2 list the pinout of the connector.

Table 2-1 RS-232 Pinout

Pin Name Function

1 Gnd Ground (common) 2 TxD Transmit Data 3 RxD Receive Data 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready 5 DSR Data Set Ready

Table 2-2 RS-4221RS-485 Pinout

Pin Name Function

2 TxD+ + Transmit Data

3 RxD+ + Receive Data

6 TxD - - Transmit Data 7 RxD - - Receive Data

DIP Switch Block

rannu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

ON

OFF

DIP Switch Block

)1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

For RS-485 communications, connect together pins 2-3 (TXD+ and RXD+), and pins 6-7 (TXD- and RXD-).

For cable drawings, refer to Appendix C.




2.2.10 Ground Leakage (option L)

Ground leakage connection is at terminals 26 and 27.

5A, 250V AC or 30V DC

R1 R2 R3

6 6 R4

@ 14 @ 16 17 @C) 20 21 @ 23 @ 25 0 CD

0 - U

AC or DC

POWER SUPPLY

24V ANALOG OUTPUT

1-200 1-200 KWH KVARH

R

a-i000 w +

Li L 2

L 3

A B C N

SHORTING SWITCH

CURRENT TRANSFORMER

Figure 2-12 Ground Leakage Current Transformer Connection




3 Setu

NOTE: Setup is performed after installation is completed.

3.1 Setup Procedure To enable setup, turn OFF Dip Switch 9 on SW2 located at the top left of the rear of the instrument (see Figure 2-3). When the switch is down it is OFF.

ON

) 9 ?OFF

3.1.1 Entering Setup Mode On power up, the instrument is in monitoring mode. Press SELECT to enter the setup mode.

Setup is performed using windows 2, 5, and 8.

1

2

3

4 I

5

6

0 7 I EH

8

9

10 fl I 0:

MODEL 290

Window 2 displays the setup parameter code; window 8 (in some cases, windows 5 and 8) display the value for that parameter. Use the 1111 keys to scroll between parameters.

14 Chapter 3 Setup



3.1.2 Changing Parameter Values Press SELECT again and the dot beside the parameter code will disappear.

VOLTAGE CURRENT

0 lEi MAX. A

VOLTAGE ENT RN El I

YAK. ANP

VOLTAGE CURRENT

U I I

dot

Use the 11 11 keys to scroll to the desired value.

When the setup parameter is correctly defined, press on the RESET key and the dot will re-appear.

Press RESET again to return to the monitoring mode.

Chapter 3 Setup 15



3.2 Wiring Mode: CnF

Choose from 4 wiring modes:

1) 3dir 3-wire direct connection using 2 CTs 2) 30P 3-wire open delta connection using 2 PTs, 2 CTs 3) 4L-n 4-wire direct or WYE or grounded delta connection

using 3 CTs, with or without PTs, using line-to-neutral values

4) 4L-L 4-wire direct or WYE or grounded delta connection using 3 CTs, with or without PTs, using line-to-line values

- Press SELECT; the dot will disappear.

- Use the U 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value.

- Press RESET; the dot will re-appear.

El

El

VOLTAGE

VOLTAGE

CnF.

VOLTAGE

CURRENT

LI MAX. AWE' DEMAND

El D

El

CURRENT

El MAX. AMP DEMAN

CURRENT

LI MAX. AWN DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

ACTIVE POWER

4L-L

ACTIVE ENERGY

APPARENT POWER

El MAX. D EM AND

REACTIVE ENERGY

MAX.DEMAND

FREQUENCY

ALANC ED CU RRENT/

MODEL 290

Use the n key to move to the next setup parameter.

16 Chapter 3 Setup



I

3.3 Potential Transformer Ratio: Pt

Note: Pt must be defined before relay setpoint definition.

In a direct connection, at low voltage (up to 660V), the PT must be set to 1. In the case of connection using PTs, the PT ratio must be calculated.

Example: If the primary voltage is 165kV and the secondary is 110V, the PT will be 165,000/110=1500.


- Use the 11,11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value (1 - 6500).


VOLTAGE

V CLTAGE

Pt.

V OLTAGE

CURRENT

MAX. AM, DEMAND

CURRENT

MAX. AM' DEMAND

CURRENT

El MAX. AIR DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

I REACTIVE POWER

ACTIVE POWER

1

LlAX.D BA AND

ACTIVE ENERGY

REACTIVE ENERGY

APPARENT POWER

MAX DEMAN 0

FREQUENCY

LNBALANCEDCURREND

MODEL 290

Use the ft key to move to the next setup parameter.

Chapter 3 Setup 17



3.4 Current Transformer Primary Current: Ct Notes: 1) Ct must be defined before relay setpoint definition. 2) For Option L, ground leakage primary current is represented by Ct.G This parameter defines the primary value of the Current Transformer. - Press SELECT; the dot will disappear.

- Use the 1111 keys to scroll to the appropriate value (1 - 50000 A). - Press RESET; the dot will re-appear.

El

VOLTAGE

VOLTAGE

Ct.

VOLTAGE

CURRENT

o 1:1 MAX. ADP DEMAND

CURRENT

E El MAX. ALP DEMAND

CURRENT

El MAX. AN. DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

AC LIVE POWER

1

!AUDEN AND

AC ME ENERGY

REACTNE ENERGY

AMA RENT POWER

MAKG9AAND

FFE 0 LE NCY

UCH ALANC EDC URRENT/

MODEL 290

- Use the ft key to move to the next setup parameter. 3.5 Power Demand Period: P This parameter defines the time period over which average power demand is calculated. - Press SELECT; the dot will disappear. - Use the 11 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value (1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 or 60 minutes, or E for external synchronization). - Press RESET; the dot will re-appear.

II

V CLTAGE

VOLTAGE

R

V OLTAGE

CURRENT

El LAX. Air DEMAND

CURRENT

El El MAX. AMP DEMAND

CURRENT

El MAX. ALP DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

ACTIVE POWER

15

LIAX.DEMAND

ACTIVE ENERGY

RE ACT PI E ENERGY

A PPA RENT POWER

MAKDEAAND

FREOUENCY

MODEL 290

Use the n key to move to the next setup parameter.

18

Chapter 3 Setup



3.6 Ampere Demand Period: AP

This parameter defines the time period over which average ampere demand is calculated.


- Use the ft 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value (0 - 1800 seconds; a '0' value means that ampere demand will be calculated each internal cycle: 0.1 second).


V CLTAGE

V CLTAGE

AP. I

CLIAGE

CURRENT

El MAX.A1P DEMAND

CIPRENT

CI MAX. AMP DEMAND

CIXARENT

MAX. AMP DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

ACTIVE POWER

IAAX.DEM AND

ACTIVE ENERGY

AR;ARENT POWER

wocoatato

F RE 0 UE N CY

REACTIVE ENERGY

MODEL 290

Use the it key to move to the next setup parameter.

Chapter 3 Setup 19



3.7 Memory Buffer: buF This parameter defines the number of measurements which will serve as the basis for calculating average values of voltage, current and power.

- Press SELECT; the dot will disappear. - Use the 11 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value:

nor (normal) = 8 (for stable voltage and current situations) unSt (unstable) = 32 (for unstable voltage and current situations.

Readings in this mode will be slower.). - Press RESET; the dot will re-appear.

I

V ct.IALE

VOLTAGE

buF.

V QTAGE

CURRENT

1;1 CI MAX. ATV GUANO

CURRENT

El El MX. A IP DEIAA NO

CURRENT

El El AUX. A IP DEWING

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

AC THE POWER

nor WALDO/NV

AC THE ENERGY

REACTIV E ENERGY

A IPA FENT POWEFI

AIALCEMAN 0

FREQUENCY

UNSALANCEUCURRENN

MODEL 290

Use the 11 key to move to the next setup parameter.

3.8 Reset: rSt This parameter enablesdisables the reset of energies and demands. - Press SELECT; the dot will disappear. - Use the 11 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value:

ON = reset function enabled; OFF = reset function disabled - Press RESET; the dot will re-appear.

El

VOLTAGE CURRENT

CI MX. ALP DEATAND

VOLTAGE CURRENT

rSt la a MIL ALP DEMAND

VOLTAGE

El"'IRE)" ML OAP DEJFAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

ACTIVE POWER

OFF MAYA:MINA)

ACTIVE ENERGY

REACTIV E ENERGY

A PPAREN T POWER

MAKDBIAN D

FREQUENCY

El tEl

MODEL 290


20 Chapter 3 Setup



3.9 Baud Rate: br This parameter defines the communication speed. Here, 3 display windows are used.


- Use the 1111 keys to scroll to the appropriate values:

middle window: number of bits and parity - 7E, 8n, 8E

right window: bits per second - 110, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600

Both values (windows) change simultaneously.


11

VOLTAGE

VOLTAGE

br.

VOYAGE

CURRENT

CI MAX. ALP REWIND

CURRENT

en

MAX. *UP DEMAND

CURRENT

CI AIN' DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTNE POWER

ACTIVE POWER

A FPAFENT POWER

9600

/EMDEN/WO

ACTIVE ENERGY

El

MAX013AUID

FREQUENCY

fE ACTIVE ENERGY

El

MODEL 290


3.10 Communication Address: Add

Each Powermeter on the network must have a unique address,

according to the communication protocol used (see Section 3.12).


- Use the 1111 keys to scroll to the appropriate value: ASCII protocol: 0 - 32 Modbus protocol: 1* - 247


LI

VOLTAGE

VOLTAGE

Add. I

VOLTAGE

CURRENT

El El MAX./UPROAR°

CURRENT

CI W.X.ANP REMAND

CURRENT

El MAX. A IP RENARD

POWER TAMA

A EA CTP,E POWER

AC THE POWER

1E!

11

MAXXIBIAND

AC TOE ENERGY

APPARENT POWER

El

MAX ERRAND

FREQUENCY

El

LNPALANCEOCURREIRT

RE ACUTE ENERGY

MODEL 290


*The PM2b0 will accept a value of '0' but the lOodbus protocol will not recognize it.

Chapter 3 Setup 21



3.11 Handshake Mode: H.Sh Handshaking refers to a signal from the receiving device indicating its readiness to receive data. Handshaking is achieved by means of either hardware signals or software commands. - Press SELECT; the dot will disappear. - Use the 11 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate value: sOFt or Hard - Press RESET; the dot will re-appear.

II

VQTAGE

VCLTAGE

*H.Sh.

VCLTAGE

CURRENT POWER MC TOR

0 0 MAX. AID DEMAN D REACTIVE POWER

ACTIVE POWER CUR RENT

II MAX. AMP DEMAND

CURRENT

MAX. AMP DEMAND

A PPA RENT POWER

sOFt MAX DEMAND

ACRIVE ENERGY

MAX.DEMAND

FREQUENCY

REACTIVE ENERGY

MODEL 290


3.12 Communication Protocol: CoP Here, 3 display windows are used. - Press SELECT; the dot will disappear. - Use the 11 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate values:

middle window: protocol - ASCII (ASCI), Modbus (bin) or printer (Prnt) right window: serial line - RS-232 (232), RS-422 (422) or RS-485 (485) Both values (windows) change simultaneously.


VOLTAGE

VCI.TAOE

CoP.

EI

CURRENT

El MAX. ALP DEIMIID

CURRENT

El ASCI El MAX. AAP DEMAND

VOLTAGE CURRENT

ICI 1:1 MAX. ALP DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

REACTIVE POWER

ACME POWER

232

ACTIVE ENERGY

A FPA RENT POWER

J

El MAX.DBTAND

MAXO6.KND

FREQUENCY

El

IRMA LANCEDCURRENT/

RF ACTIVE ENERGY

MODEL 290


22 Chapter 3 Setup



3.13 Relays There are 4 relays in the instrument which can be associated with up to 8 setpoints. Three of the relays may also be used for pulsing (see

following page). The setpoint values appear in the following windows

(each window has its number marked above it in the illustration below):

Window Setpoint Unit Range

1 High voltage V 0 - Vmax

3 Low voltage V 0 - Vmax

4 High current A 0 - {max

7 Low total power factor lag 0 - 1.000

8 High accumulated power demand kW

9 High total reactive power import kvar 0 - Pmax

10 High total apparent power kVA 0 - Pmax

11 - standard High unbalanced current A 0 - Imax

11 - Option L High ground leakage current A 0 - GLImax

Notes: Parameter limits:

Vmax (660V input) = (400 x k)V, where k=1 if no PT, or k=PT ratio if PT used

Imax (20% overrange) = 1.2 x CT primary current A

Pmax = (Imax x Vmax x 3)/1000 kW @ wiring mode 4L-n Pmax = (Imax x Vmax x 2)/1000 kW @ wiring mode 4L-L, 30P, 3dir

GLImax = 1.2 x ground leakage CT primary current mA

Wiring mode 4L-n: line-to-neutral voltages Other wiring modes: line-to-line voltages

O

11

VOLTAGE . CURRENT 4 POWER FACTOR APPA RENT POWER 10

(High Voltage) (high Current) (Low Power Facto' (High Apparent Power)

MAX. Aral DEMAND

VOLTAGE 2 CURRENT 5

REACTIVE POWER MAX.DEMAND

ACTIVE POWER 8 FREQUENCY 11

1. (Ng h Accumulated Active

Power Demand) Current) [High Unbalanced In

MAX. AAP DEMAND

VOLTAGE 3 CURRENT 6

MAX.DEMAM UNBALANCEDCURRENV

ACTIVE ENERGY 9 [ (Low Vdtage) I

MAX. ALP DEMAND

( High Reactive Power)

RE ACTIVE ENERGY

MODEL 290

- Use the U 11 keys to scroll to the desired relay number: 1, 2, 3 or 4.

Assigned setpoint values will appear in their respective windows; dots

will appear if a setpoint value has not yet been defined.

23 Chapter 3 Setup



- Press SELECT; the dot after the relay number will disappear. Window 5 will display 'on'. This allows the user to set or change the value at which the setpoint is activated. The 'High Voltage' setpoint value (or dots) will appear in window 1; the other windows will be empty.

- Use the it 4 keys to set the 'ON' value for the High Voltage setpoint.

- Press SELECT; window 5 will display 'on.d', indicating the time delay until setpoint operation. This may take a value from 0.1 to 99.9 seconds.

- Use the ft 4 keys to define the delay to operation. - Press SELECT; window 5 will display 'OFF'.

- Use the fill keys to scroll to the value at which the displayed setpoint will be released.

- Press SELECT; window 5 will display 'OFF.d', indicating the time delay until setpoint release. This may take a value from 1

to 999 seconds. - Press either: SELECT to move to another setpoint parameter, or

RESET to exit this relay and move to another relay/parameter.

- Press RESET to exit the relay after all desired setpoint values are defined; the dot will re-appear, and ON setpoint values will be displayed.

- Press RESET again to exit the parameter. Use the ft key to move to the next setup parameter.

NOTE It is possible to cancel both ON and OFF setpoints by pressing the fr and 11 keys simultaneously. A canceled setpoint can be re-instated by pressing either the 11

or 4 key.

Pulses Pulses may be defined for relays 1, 2 and 4. When one of these relays is displayed, the pulsing value in Window 9 can be set, from 1 to 200 units per pulse.

Pulse Name Description Units Pull Ac.En Pulse 1 - Active Energy kWh Pu12 rE.En Pulse 2 - Reactive Energy kvarh Pul4 rEt.E Pulse 4 - Returned Energy kWh

24 Chapter 3 Setup



3.14 Analog Output: A (optional)

Up to 12 parameters may be assigned an analog output:

Window Parameter Name Description 1 u.1 Voltage L1 / L12

2 U.2 Voltage L2 / L23

3 U.3 Voltage L3 / L31

4 c./ Current L1

5 c.2 Current L2

6 c.3 Current L3

7 PF Power Factor

8 (right) Ac.d Active Power Accumulated Demand

8 (left) Ac.P Active Power

9 rE.P Reactive Power

10 AP.P Apparent Power

11 Fr Frequency

'A' is the overall code for Analog Output. A parameter allocated to

analog output is indicated by a number (e.g., '1 E' or '3 E') displayed in

that parameter's window. Where there is no allocation, a row of dots will appear in the window.

VOLTAGE

H 1 E

VOLTAGE

2 E A.

VOLTAGE

H 3 E

CUITERBIT

4 E

MA AMP DEMAND

CURRENT

5 E

MAX. AMP DENAND

CURRENT

6E MAX. AMP DEMAND

POWER FACTOR

I7 E I REACTIVE POWER

APPARENT POWER

10 E

ACTIVE POWER ACCUNI DEMAND

8 E 0

AIATLOENAND

REACITVE POWER

9 E

NANDEATAND

FROMIENCY

11 E 1.11tELALAMIXO Milner FT

RFACINE ENERGY

MODEL 290

RESET

CI

- Use the 1111 keys to choose the parameter from the list above.

- Press SELECT; the dot will disappear from the 'A'.

- Use the ft 11 keys to scroll to the appropriate values:

0 (internal analog output), or 1E - 12E (if 1 or 2 AX-8 analog expanders are connected).


To cancel an allocation of a specific parameter to Analog Output, press SELECT and then press the up and down arrows simultaneously. A

row of dots will appear in place of the number.

Chapter 3 Setup 25



Note: If you are not using an AX-8 Analog Expander, cancel all analog output assignments so as not to disrupt communication.

The following table gives the range of values of the output parameters:

Parameter Value 4-20mA 0-20mA Note Voltage No PT

OV

660V 4 mA 20mA

0 mA 20mA

Voltage via PT

OV

(144V * K) V 4 mA 20mA

0 mA 20mA K = PT ratio

Current OV 1.2 * 1(p)

4 mA 20mA

0 mA 20mA

1(p) = rated primary current of CT

Power factor N.

-0.00 -0.50 1.00 0.50 0.00

4 mA 8 mA 12 mA 16 mA 20mA

0 mA 5 mA 10 mA 15 mA 20mA

Frequency 45 Hz 65 Hz

4 mA 20mA

0 mA 20mA

Active power kW -V * I * n kW 0 kW V * I * n kW

4 mA 12 mA 20mA

0 mA 10 mA 20mA

Reactive power kvar as for Active Power

Apparent power kVA 0 kVA V * I * n kVA

4 mA 20mA

0 mA 20mA

**

Accumulated active power demand as for Apparent Power

** V, I are defined according to PT ratio and CT primary current. For line-to-neutral voltage measurement, n=3; in all other cases, n=2.

26 Chapter 3 Setup



Parameters measured by the PM290 are calculated based on the analog output current ('Analog), as per the following table:

Measured Parameter

Output 4-20mA Output 0-20mA

Voltage, V V = ('Analog -4) VFull Scale V = 'Analog VFull Scale

16 20

Current for any CT, I

= i ('Analog -4) 'Full Scale I = 'Analog 'Full Scale

16 20

Power factor, PF

PF(positive) = (20- 'Analog) / 8

PF(negative) = (4- (Analog) / 8

PF(pos.) = (20- (Analog) / 10

PF(neg.) = (4-IAnalog) / 10

Frequency, Hz f llAnalog+32) / 0.8 f = (lAnalog+45 ).

Active power, kW P = ('Analog -12) PFull Scale P = ('Analog -10) PFull Scale

8 10

Reactive power, kvar Q = ('Analog -12) ' °Full Scale Q = ('Analog -10) °Full Scale

8 10

Apparent power, kVA S = ('Analog -4) SFull Scale S = 'Analog SFull Scale

16 20

Accumulated active power demand, kW

P 1-- = ('Analog -4) PFull Scale P = 'Analog PFull Scale

16 20

Chapter 3 Setup 27



4 Data Dis la

In the monitoring mode, values are displayed on 3 pages. Use the 11

key to scroll through the pages. The display will return to page 1 after 30 seconds. For resolution and parameter ranges, see Appendix A, Measurement Specifications.

4.1 Display Pages Page 1

Voltage

999

Voltage

Voltage

999

999

Current

9999

Power Factor Apparent Power

9.99 1 9999

Current Active Power Frequency

Current

9999

9999

_Energy

99999

99999

99.9

Page 2

Voltage

Voltage

999

999

999

Maximum Ampere Demand Reactive Power Maximum Demand kVA

9999

Maximum Ampere Demand

9999

999 9999

Maximum Demand Unbalanced current

99999

Maxim um Am ere Demand Reactive Enerqy

9999 99999

999

Note: For Option L., ground leakage current is displayed instead of unbalanced current

Page 3

9.99 I

Returned Energy

- 9999

28 Chapter 4 Display



4.2 Self-Test Diagnostics

The PM290 periodically perform self-test diagnostics. If the instrument

fails the self-test diagnostics, it discards the last measurement results,

and an error code (from 1 to 7) is displayed for 2 seconds on all LEDs.

Code 8 represents Power Down (Normal).

If the instrument resets itself continuously, contact your local

distributor.

If the Powermeter malfunctions, it is recommended to switch it off for

one minute and then to turn it on again.

4.3 RESET

In the monitoring mode, press the RESET button (towards the bottom

of the front panel) continuously for more than 5 seconds to reset the

following parameters to zero:

Energy kWH Returned energy kWH Reactive energy kVARH

Press the RESET MAX button (at the top of the front

panel) continuously for more than 5 seconds to reset

the following parameters to zero:

Ampere max. demand per phase

Active power max. demand Apparent power max. demand

RESET MAX

PAGING

SELECT

.1/4

RESET

ENERGY

To prevent unauthorized resetting, disable the reset function (see

Section 3.8).

Chapter 4 Display 29

r-."7."T":77'"CrK7



Appendix A: Technical Secifications Input and Output Ratings 3 galvanically isolated voltage inputs

120 V INPUT USING PT (up to 120+20% V line-to- (Option line voltage)

U) Burden: < 0.015 VA

660 V DIRECT INPUT (up to 660 V line-to-line voltage or up to 550 V line-to-neutral voltage) Burden: < 0.3 VA

3 gali7anically isolated current inputs

1 A INPUT via CT with 1 A secondary output Burden: < 0.15 VA

Measurement up to 1.2 A RMS, 1.76A amplitude Overload withstand: 2 A RMS continuous, 30 A

RMS for 1 second 5 A INPUT via CT with 5 A secondary output

Burden: < 0.15 VA Measurement up to 6 A RMS, 8.8A amplitude Overload withstand: 10 A RMS continuous, 150A

RMS for 1 second 1 galvanically isolated ground current input (Option L)

5mA input via CT with 5mA secondary output Burden: < 0.1 mVA Overload withstand: 30mA RMS continuous, 400mA RMS for 1 second

External synchronization input

Optically isolated, dry contact sensing input (voltage- free)

Relay outputs 3 relays rated at 5A, 250 VAC, 2 contacts (SPST Form A) 1 relay rated at 5A, 250 VAC, 3 contacts (SPDT Form C)

Analog output Range 0-20 mA/4-20 mA (upon order) CMV Isolation 1500 V RMS Offset Temperature ±300 nA/ °C Non-Linearity ±0.02% Accuracy 0.06% FS Offset ±100 pA Maximum Load 510 Q Power Supply 15 - 30 VDC, external

30 Appendix A: Technical Specifications



In put and Output Ratings Communication One serial port, EIA RS-232 or RS-422/RS-485

(optically isolated) standards Connector: 9-pin female D-type

Display .

High-brightness seven-segment digital LEDs, 11

windows. A total of 3 pages with simultaneous display of up to 11 parameters.

Voltage and current input terminals

Standard 9.52 mm pitch (UL recognized) Screw M 3 Maximum wire diameter 2.591 mm (10 AWG)

Service terminals

Standard 5 mm pitch (UL recognized XCFR2) Screw M2.6 Maximum wire diameter 2 mm (12 AWG)

Power supply 95-135V AC, 185-250VAC, 50/60 Hz, 20 VA

10-20V DC 20-38VDC 15 W 38-72VDC 80-160VDC 160-290VDC

Environmental Conditions Operating temperature

-20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F)

Storage temperature

-25°C to 80°C (-13°F to 176°F)

Humidity 0 to 95% non-condensing

Construction Instrument body CASE ENCLOSURE: plastic ABS

(UL recognized QMFZ2) FRONT PANEL: plastic polycarbonate ,,

Instrument weight 2.65 kg (5.83 lbs.)

Standards UL File #E129258(N)

CE-EMC: 89/336/EEC as amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC

CE-LVD: 73/23/EEC as amended by 93/68/EEC and 93/465/EEC

Appendix A: Technical Specifications

rv;rv.,s!57.tmr,-7,, ..-

31



Mea

sure

men

t S

peci

ficat

ions

se

Par

amet

er,

units

F

ull s

cale

A

ccur

acy,

%

Ran

ge

Res

olut

ion

@ r

ange

R

dg

FS

C

ondi

tions

F

ront

pan

el d

ispl

ay

Com

m.

Vol

tage

, V

12

0VxP

T

@

120V

or

38

0VX

PT

@

660V

208V

XP

T

@

120V

or

66

0VX

PT

@

660V

For

Ln

read

ing

and

for 30

P

wiri

ng m

ode

For

LL

read

ing

exce

pt 3

0P

wiri

ng m

ode

0.25

10

%

to

120%

F

S

0 to

999

,000

1

V ©

1 to

999

V

.51°

/0 ©

1,0

00 to

999

,000

V

1 V

Line

cur

rent

, A

C

T p

rimar

y cu

rren

t 0.

25

2% to

120

%F

S 0

to 6

0,00

0 1

A @

1

to 9

,999

A

50.1

`)/0

@

10

,000

to

65,0

00A

1 A

Act

ive

pow

er,

kW

0.36

xPT

xCT

(4)

120V

inp

ut

1.14

XP

TX

CT

@ 6

60V

inpu

t

0.5

IPF

I 0.

5 o

0 to

± 2

,147

,000

1 kW

@

1 to

9,9

99/-

9.99

9

50.1

°/0

CO

10

to

2,00

0 M

W

50.1

% ©

-10

to

-2,0

00 M

W

1 kW

Rea

ctiv

e po

wer

, kv

ar

(min

us s

ign

not

disp

laye

d)

0.36

XP

TX

CT

@ 12

0V in

put

1.14

XP

TX

CT

@ 66

0V in

put

0.5

IPF

I <

0.9

0

0 to

± 9

99,0

00

1 kv

ar @

1

to 9

99 k

var

< 1

% ©

1 to

999

Mva

r

1 kv

ar

App

aren

t po

wer

, kV

A

0.36

xPT

xCT

@ 12

0V i

nput

1.14

XP

TX

CT

@ 66

0V in

put

0.5

IPF

I >

0.5

0

0 to

2,1

47,0

00

1 kV

A @

1

to 9

,999

50.1

cY0

@

10 to

2,1

47 M

VA

1 kV

A



Mea

sure

men

t Spe

cific

atio

ns

N

Par

amet

er,

units

F

ull s

cale

A

ccur

acy,

%

Ran

ge

Res

olut

ion

@ r

ange

Rdg

F

S

Con

ditio

ns

Fro

nt p

anel

dis

play

C

omm

.

Pow

er fa

ctor

1

2 IP

FI

0.5

-0.9

9 to

+1.

00

0.01

0.

01

Unb

alan

ced

(neu

tral

) cu

rren

t, A

C

T p

rimar

y cu

rren

t 0.

5 2%

to

12

0%

FS

0

to 6

0,00

0 1

A @

1

to 9

99 A

51°/

0 ©

1,0

00 t

o 60

,000

A

1A

Gro

und

leak

age

curr

ent,

mA

G

roun

d le

akag

e pr

imar

y cu

rren

t 0.

5 2%

to

120%

FS

1m

A ©

1

to 9

,999

mA

50

.1')/

0 ©

10,

000

to 6

0,00

0 m

A

1mA

Fre

quen

cy,

Hz

0.1

45.0

to

65.0

0.

1 H

z 0.

1 H

z

Am

pere

dem

and,

A

As

for

curr

ent

kW d

eman

d, k

W

As

for

kW

kVA

dem

and,

kV

A

As

for

kVA

Act

ive

ener

gy

(impo

rt),

kW

h 1

typi

cal

0 to

99

,999

MW

h 1

kWh

© 0

to

99,9

99 k

Wh

10kW

h ©

100

to

999.

99 M

Wh

0.1M

Wh

(4/

1000

to

9999

.9

MW

h

1MW

h@l0

,000

to

99,9

99M

Wh

1 kW

h

Rea

ctiv

e en

ergy

, kv

arh

1 ty

pica

l -9

,999

to

99,9

99 M

varh

as

Act

ive

and

Ret

urne

d en

ergy

1 kv

arh

Ret

urne

d en

ergy

, kW

h 1

typi

cal

0 to

-9,

999

kWh

1 kW

h ©

0 t

o -9

999

kWh

10 k

Wh

© -

10 t

o -9

9.99

MW

h 10

0kW

h@ -

100

to -

999.

9 M

Wh

1MW

h ©

-10

00 t

o -9

999

MW

h

1 kWh



Key

:

PT

- e

xter

nal p

oten

tial

tran

sfor

mer

rat

io

CT

, C

T p

rimar

y cu

rren

t -

the

prim

ary

curr

ent

ratin

g of

the

ext

erna

l cur

rent

tra

nsfo

rmer

0

@ 10

% t

o 12

0 %

of

volta

ge fu

ll sc

ale

and

2% t

o 12

0 %

of

curr

ent

full

scal

e

NO

TE

S

1.

Acc

urac

y is

exp

ress

ed a

s ±

(pe

rcen

tage

of

read

ing

+ p

erce

ntag

e of

full

scal

e) ±

1 di

git.

Thi

s do

es n

ot i

nclu

de i

nacc

urac

ies

intr

oduc

ed b

y th

e us

er's

pot

entia

l and

cur

rent

tran

sfor

mer

s.

2.

The

se s

peci

ficat

ions

ass

ume

volta

ge a

nd

curr

ent

wav

efor

ms

with

T

HD

5.

5 %

(e

xcep

t ha

rmon

ic m

easu

rem

ents

) an

d an

op

erat

ing

tem

pera

ture

of

20 t

o 26

°C

.



Appendix B: Communication Cable Drawin is

RS-232 25-pin Computer Connector, Hardware Handshake

DB9 connector

male DB25 connector

female

1

GND GND 7

Tx Rx 2 3

Rx Tx To IBM PC/Compatible To PM 290 3

4 DTR DSR 6

DSR DTR 20

RS-232 25 pin

Note: For software handshake, short between pins 6 and 20; do not

connect to pins 4, 5.

9-pin Computer Connector, Software Handshake

DB9 male connector

GND

To PM290 4-

1

2

3

5

DB9 female

GND connector

5

Tx Rx

Rx Tx

DTR DSR

DSR I DTR

MII/a/aMI

2

3

6

To IBM PC/Compatible

RS -232 9 pin

Note: For hardware handshake, connect to pins 4, 5; do not short between pins 6 and 4.

Printer Connector - Example DB9 connector

male

GND GND

DB25 connector

female

1 7

Tx Rx 1111

2 3

Tx To PIV290 4- To printer 3 2

DTR CTS 5

RTS

R S-232 printer




RS-422 25-pin Computer Connector

DB9 male DB25 female connector connector

To PM290

To PM290

To PM290 4--

#1 TxD RxD

2 3 RxD TxD

TxD- I RxD- o-

RxD-

#2 TxD

2

TxD-

RxD-

#32

2 TxD

3 RxD

TxD- 6

7 RxD-

TxD- .-

2

15

14

CTS_

RTS-

4

5

CTS- 16

17

---to To IBM PC/Compatible

RS-422 25 pin

,L

9-pin Computer Connector

DB9 male DB25 female connector corn ctcx

To PM290

To PM290

To PM290

4--

#1

2 TxD

3 RxD

6 TxD-

RxD- 7

TxD - - - -

RxD

TxD-

#2

2

3

6

RxD- 7

TxD #32

2

RxD 3

TAD-

RxD-

6

7

RxD 8

TxD

RxD-

TxD-

4

9

5

RTS 2

CTS

RTS- 3

I CTS- ---- 6

7

-* To IBM PC/C,ompalible

RS-422 9 pin

36 Appendix B: Communication Cable Drawings



To PM290 4-

To PM290 4-

To PM290 4-

RS-485

25-pin Computer Connector 089 male connector

4.11

2

3

6

7

DB25 female connector

TxD RxD 3

RxD1 I TxD

TxD-

RxD-

#2 TxD

2

3

6

7

#32

2

3

6

7

RxD

TxD-

RxD

TxD

RxD

TxD-

RxD-

RxD-

TxD-

RTS

2

15

14

CTS

4

RTS-

CTS-

5

16

17

IBM PC/Compatible

RS-485 25 pi)

9-pin Computer Connector

connector

To PM290 -

To PM290 -

To F'M290

039 male

#1

2

3H TxD

RxDi

TxD-1

RxD

1 TxD

0825 female connector

2

IBM PC/Compatible

RxD-

TxD-

6

7

#2

2

15

14

1

Rx

TxD

RxD

TxD-

RxD-

TxD

RxD

ió S

RTS 4

CTS 5

r 16

17

RTS-

3

6

7

CTS-

#32

2

3

6 TxD-

RxD-

RS-485 9 pin





For


Equipment Type: Selector Switch


Model Numbers: CA 10

Manufacturer: Krais & Naimer

Supplier: Australian Solenoid. 22 Brookes Street Bowen Hills QLD 4006

Ph: 07 3252 8344 Fx: 07 3252 1497



CONNECTING DIAGRAMS C-, CA-, CR- SWITCHES KRA US & NAIMER Technical Data according to UL and CSA

cifications CA4 CA10 CA11 CA20 BA20 CA25 C26 C32 C42 C80 C125 CM-1 CA1013 CAI 1B CA20B CA256 C43

CR10 CR11

0315 C316

M500 M510 M5108

Voltage V A.C. 277 300 600 600 600 300 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Ampere Rating A 10 20') 20') 30 30, 30 35 50 65 100 150 240 10 Standard motor load: 3phase 3pole 110V - 120V HP 0,75 1,5 1,5 3 3 5 5 7,5 7,5 10 15 30 001-Rating 220V - 240V HP 1 3 3 7,5 7,5 10 10 15 15 20 25 75

440V - 480V HP - 5 10 10 - 20 25 25 30 40' 70 - 550V - 600V HP - ' 5 10 10 - 25 30 30 40 50 60 -

1phase - 2pole 110V - 120V HP CO 0.5 0,5 1,5 1,5 2 2 3 3 5 7,5 15 220V 240V HP 0,75 1 1 3 3 5 5 7,5 7.5 10 15 40 -

277V HP 0.75 2 2 3 3 5 5 7,5 7,5 10 15 40 440V - 480V HP 2 5 5 10 15 15 20 25 50 550V - 600V HP - - 2 5 5 - 15 20 20 25 30 50 Pilot Duty Heavy A300 A300 A600 A600 A800 A300 A600 - A600 A600

Type ol wire - . use copper wire only / ulilisez conducteurs en cuivre Temperature rating of wire *C 60/75 60/75 60/75 75 60/75 60/75 60 75 75 A - B 75 60/75 Torque value for field wiring terminals lb-in. 5 7 7 12 12 12 - 50 50 Not ' 0,6 0,8 0,8 1,3 1,3 1,3 - 5.6 5.6 - For short circuit protection according UL refer to note - C C C C C - - C C D

1. CSA: max: 16A A: 60°C for max. 80A, 75°C for max. 100A B: 60°C for max. 125A, 75°C for max. 150A C: These devices are suitable for use on circuits capable of delivering not more than 5kA rms symmetrical amperes, 600V ac max. when protected by Class RIO fuses. Ces dispositives sont adaptes aux utilisations sur des circuits susceptibles de delivrer au plus 5kA alternatifs efficaces, 600V c.a. maxi., avec protection par fusibles type RIO. 0: These devices are suitable for use on circuits capable ol delivering not more than 10kkrms symmetrical amperes, 600V ac maximum.

Ces disposilives sont adaptes aux utilisations sur des circuits susceptibles de delivrer au plus 10kA alternatils &Peaces, 600V c.a. maxi. Note according to UL: Listed terminal lug's type RF717 manufactured by Thomas & Betts have lo be used for field wiring of type C80 and C125 with single screw terminals.

Nominal Voltage tv 6V 12V 24V 48V 110V 220V ' 300V Nominal Voltage 1V 6V 12V 24V 48V 110V 220V 300V CAD11 ik A A.C.

A D.C. 6 4

3 2,5

2 1.5

1

0,8 0,8 0,3

0,4 0,2

0,2 0,1

0,13 0,06

CAD12 I A A.G. A D.C.

6 - 4

6 3

5

2,2 5

1,2 3 0,6

2 0,3

1,3 0,2

Wa note: Alter installation of the switches the spacings between the terminals must be sulficien to fulfill the requirement of the applicable standards

FF Switches: A100 1pole A101 2pole A102 3pole A103 4pole A200 Vole A201 2pole A202 3pole A203 Opole A208 3pole

A290 1pole A291 2pole A292 3pole A324 4pole A325 5pole A326 6pole A341 5pole A342 6pole A343 7pole

Double-throw Switches: A369 5pole

1 5 3 7 9 13 11 15 17 19

1,ft

2 4 10 12 18

A344 Boole A345 9pole A346 lOpole A347 11pole A348 12pole A386 3pole A591 2pole A592 3pole A593 4pole

A204 1pole A205 2pole A206 3pole

A293 4pole A327 4pole A207 4pole 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1111111111

\t /

\' 1

. \If if 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8

A370 6pole A37I 7pole A37612pole 1 5 3 7 9 13' 11 15 17 21 19 23 25 27 1 5 3 7 9 13 11 15 17 21 19 23 25 29 27 31 33 37 35 39 41 45 43 47 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\i1 y by 1\1 1 y

Y y

Y Y Y V V if 2 4 10 12 18 20 26 2 4 10 12 18 20 26 28 34 36 42 44

A374 10pole A375 11pole A372 Opole A373 9pole A570 6pole 1 5 3 7 9 13 11 15 17 21 19 23 25 29 27 31 33 37 35 39 41 43 1 5 3 7 9 13 11 15 17 21 19 23 25 29 27 31 33 35 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 it 1\11 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 1\1 Syl 1\1 /\1 /\1 1\1 1\1 \lb 1\11 1\11 by! b\tb by. 1\1 1\1 1\1 \ fl 1\ 4 1\1 1\1

2 4 10 12 18 20 26 28 34 36 42 2 4 .10 12 18 20 26 28 34 2 6 10 14 18 22 A575 1pole A585 1pole A720 1pole A120 1pole A220 1pole A520 1pole A530 1pole A210 1pole A510 Opole ,.. A578 2pole A586 2pole A721 2pole A121 2pole A221 2pole A521 2pote A531 2pole A211 2pole A511 2pole A5 3pole A587 3pote A722 3pole A122 3pole A222 3pole A522 3pole A532 3pole A212 3pole A512 3pole 4pole A588 4pole A723 Opole A123 4pole A223 4pole A523 Opole A533 4pole A213 4pole A513 4pole A361 Spate 3 5 7 -9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 3 1 7 5 11 9 15 13 5 1 7 3 13 9 15 11 19 17

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

V11\ \'1. 1\1 \fl Vi

\I 1 i\IS 11411111 1- 1 1 I

1

./

1, A

F

I 1

1

L 1

1

1 1

I

1

6 10 14 2 6 10 14 2 4 10 12 18

A218 1pole A299 3pole A295 1pole A297 3pole A362 6pole A363 7pole A364 apole A219 2pole A294 4pole A296 2pole 5 1 7 3 13 9 15 11 21 17 23 19 27 25 5 1 7 3 13 9 15 11 21 17 23 19 29 25 31 27 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 11 I it 1111.11 Ili 11 LI -1/1111111111111/ 111111-11 1/1111 11111111 IIIT 4\J 1\1 1\J 2 4 10 12 18 20 26 2 4 10 12 18 20 26 28 2 6 10 14 2 6 10 A565 1pole A710 1pole

A566 2pOle A711 29ole A567 3pole A712 3pole A568 4pole A713 4pole 3 1 7 5 11 9 15 13

il

1 1

1

Al 11 11

11

/ li

4 2 8 6 12 10 16 14

General Application Switches:

A315 3pole L L3 T

2 8 14

1

A3I2 2pole A331 2pole 1 3

N 0 i AiB 6

5 7

9 13 5 7 17

A714 1pote A214 1pote A795 1pole A715 2pote A215 2pole A216 3pole 1 3 1 35 7 1 3 5 7 9 11

L

I 11

L

I 14

111./ 11,1 / 1 2 4 6 8 2 6 10

2 4

3 11 15 A339 2pole 2 6

0 Ai 1Bi 1 7

A311 Vole Li 12

r ° A 13

L3

1 5

0 2 6 4

3

A320 1pole A321 2pole A322 3pole

3 1 7 5 11 9

LI1 LII LI1

2 6 10

A313 2pole Li L2 13

2 6 10

1 3 7

BiCi 5 9 11

Switches may only be mounted, connected and set into operation by qualified persons according to the accepted rules of technology. Do neither-lubricate nor treat contacts.



Multi-step Switches without "OFF": A230 1pole

3 5 O 0

10-12

A250 2pole

3 7 11 5 o o o o

1 o-72 90-4 6

A489 6pole

3 7 11 5 15 19 23 17 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10-12 9 0-16 130-114 210--1).113 250-126 330-130

A270 3pole

5 9 o o

to-72

27 31 35 29 a 0 0 0

A232 Vole A252 2pole

5 9 o o

A272 3pole A478 4pole

17 11 o o

25 29 0 0

10 --4203 13 (3-11,15 210 -122z'23 7 19 27


o So 9

013

1 0--? 2 03 0 °7

11

A274 3pole

21 2,75, 15 33 .307 41 o o o o

17 0-716019 29 0-?300 31

o °23 o °35 27 39

37 31

33 o-732035

A730 loofa A750 2pole \ / 3 5

10-72 --9 4 - -76 9 0-910 1 '

Multi-step Switches with "OFF": A240 'pole A280 3pole A486 5pole A260 2pole A480 4pole A491 6pole

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 -12 -16 --710 --714

A481 4pole

7 1 0

-7 2

3 9 5

0 011

-112

19 17 130 0 015 21 0 023

-714 -724

A243 Ipole A263 2pole A283 3pole

5 9 3 0 o

o7 -72 -712 --722

17 11 15 25 29 23

130 °0019 210 °00 27

A246 loofa

5 9 11 1

o 000

o 13

-7 2 o15 03

07

Coding Switches: A540 A541

1 1 3 1 -5

007 2 4 6

0 1 X 2

3 4

5

6

7

X

A542

A247 1pole

5 9 13 1.013 0.15 -9 2:17

°3 0 11 7

A543

039


5o

9

° 0 13

10--72 oJ 150 07

11

"0 , --712

17 .19 o o

-118

7. 11 - 15 17

3o -74 130-714.

A476 4pole A484' 5pole

3 7 11 5 15 19 23 17 27 29 o o o o o o o o o o . ' 10-72 90--7 6 13 0--714 210 --418 .250-7 26

1

A231. 1pole A251 2pole A27I 3pole A477 Opole A485 5pole A490 6pole 5 7 13 15 21 23 29 31 37 39 45 47 O 0 0 . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10-12 o 3 9 o-710o 11 170- 718o19 250-725o 27 33 o--734o 35 41 o-7 410 43


5 9 17 21 o o o o

03 130 -- 414015 - T2 O 0 O 0

11 7 23 19

A275 3pole 25 41

o 21 0 29 37 45 o o

0

17o-715019 330-734035 31° 0 023 47° 0 039

27 43

\ 0

-18

21 23 o o -7 22

A236 ;pole 1 90 o 3 01715

50

A273 3pole

5 9 o

1°-? 2 °13 O o

21 17

A237 1pole 1 9 n 3

17 50° - 0019 10- --7203

o 5

19 23 O 0

150-14 o3 o o

11 7

A238 1pole 1 9

00-3 17

5 00 21

10-7 2 0 3 o 1905°0 7

29 33 o o

250-126°27 o o

35 31


13 9 n 17 5 0°- 00 21

1°12:3 23° 7

190;3,01,

A731 1pole A751 2pole 13 / 50

o 7

o / 015 / 10-72 6- --?.8,7 --_14039 010 - -112011

A487 5pole

5 7 10 o 09 3 o 011

-72 -74


5 9 3 1

o 0 007

-72°11

A248 1pole

5 9 13 1 0 17

--9 2 o19 03

15;31107

0

1 1 3 1 .5

o o, 0

2

X 4 6

1

-i 3 15 h.7

o o o

2 4 6 8

0

2

3 3 X X

5

6 X 7

1 1

2

3

4

5 1 7 9 1 11

o 0

6 8 10 i2 0 X X 1 X

f 2

X 3 X f X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X

Y;.

X 5 X 6

7 X X 8 X

X 10

11 X

A545


5

10 ° 3 90 ° o" -72

17 19 29 13 0 21 15 0 23 25 0 27 o o o o o o --714 -716 ---726

A284 3pole 17 21 15 29 33 27

130000°19 250 °0031 31

-7140 23 --7280 35

A249 "pole A649 1pole

5 9 13 1

o 00

o 17

--72021 19% o°3

15 11 7

1

°WOW° 2

3

4

5

6

7--19

8

111

10 12

13

14

15

16

0 X rim nun nu i x u n x U x gm E311 mi 11

4 NEI x ra a u x II 5 Pall x 11 7 X ara a 8 Ea X EllEg

90 X Ell; fig il x ii xm EE Ea

A550

1 1 3 1 5 1 7

o .000

2 4 6 8

0 1 X 2

3 X 4 X 5 X 6

7 X fX 9 X

A281 3pole

10 0 5

09 300 011 130 0 015

-72 -7 4 -714

A242 1pole A282 3pole A262 2pole A482 4pole

5 3 7 13 1115 1 000 90000

A245 1pole 9 13 15

1 0 00011 o -0207

03

A551

-710

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

1 1 3 1 5 1 7

oo oo

2 4 6 8

21 19 23 29 27 31

-7 18 25 04206 17 0 000

A265 2pole

5 9 7 1

oo 0o011

A552

2 015 03

21 25 23 17o 0 0 0027

-7140 13 019

1

0

3 5 7 9 11 13 15

a/ o o

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

o X meg Ulla 1 x 2 Ela X 1111 3 X ES EMI 4 M X M Ill 5 x 1111 Pa II 6 1311 x II 7 X Eng El 8 Es x ram 9 X M MEI



o


For


Equipment Type: Variable Speed Drive

Location: Pump Control

Model Numbers: VLT 6275

Manufacturer: Danfoss

Supplier: Danfoss. 32 Billabong Court Stafford QLD 4053

Ph: 07 3356 7911 Fx: 07 3890 4413



CUTOUT

10 11 12

END CABLE ZONES

TO BE REMOVABLE

ANGLE

SUPPORT FRAME

PLAN VIEW

w, 4 ,/, ,. , /,.., v . / . ,' / /., , r m

,T , / /j // A

PLAN VIEW 'W'

415

SECTION 'A'

Lit 1,1

415

SECTION 'B'

PLAN VIEW 'X'

415

SECTION 'C'

N''N'_ END CABLE ZONES

TO BE REMOVABLE

415

SECTIONS 'D' SECTION 'E'

/ V U

_ R" A

7 ,./ //zit/ , 'VENTILATION CUTOUT'

.2/ /// //%/, ,VENTILATiON CUTOUT)

/

, ACCESS CUTOUT //

." ' ,,,/, A o

ACCESS CUTOUT Ui

PLAN VIEW 'Y'

50 5050 -- 50

500 200

2Smm ANGLE SUPPORT FRAME

10mm0 MOUNTING HOLES

0

415

-LF

SECTIONS 'F'

415

-I-

SECTION '0'

PLAN VIEW 1'

415

O

SECTION 'I'

ANGLE

SUPPORT FRAME

415

SECTION 'J'

US

3 R.FREELAND 05-02 C.HOLMES

2 R.STEWART 03-02 C.HOLMES

R.STEWART 02-02 C.HOLMES

0 R.STEWART 02-02 C.HOLMES

REV. DRAWN BY DATE CHECKED BY

r\ C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES AS BUILT

C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES RE-ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES ISSUED FOR APPROVAL

DESIGNED BY ENGINEER APPROVED BY REVISION TITLE

CLIENT

Brisbane Water AV

DESIGNED BY

1111 ELECTRIC (AUST) PtyLtd A.C.N. 011 010 807

OLD: (07) 3256 1522 VIC: (03) 9466 3977

NSW: (02) 9672 7922 WA: (08) 9470 4292 I I

TITLE

EDMONDSTONE STREET

SEWAGE PUMPING STATION

MAIN SWITCHBOARD - SECTIONAL VIEWS

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

DRAWING NO.

06375-E-002 SHEET

B1

SCALE

1 : 10 SHEET 2 OF

OFFICE

QUEENSLAND FILENAME

06375e002

INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND IS NOT TO BE

COPIED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY FORM OR GIVEN TO ANY OTHER PERSON

WHATSOEVER WITHOUT THE EXPRESS CONSENT OF SJELECTRIC PTY. LTD.

2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12



DRAWINGS



10 11 12

495

r (6)

350 600 600

2800

300 600 350

L.

' kiuo. ! 1111

IIIINIIIII0IINIHN01111

r

IN MI IBM 11111

L

425

191

4'1fi

,.., iillE

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUI

L

1

495

1

LIFTING TUBES FRONT VIEW

(DOORS REMOVED)

r

A B C D E

3790

LIFTING TUBES

F G

111111111111111111111111

L

=1=11

r

.I 1..1 I.

LJ

D 0 9 0

1111111111111111111111 III Ill

r

mg 111 =

N

L

FRONT VIEW

END CABLE ZONES MOORS 8 ESCUTCHEONS REMOVED) END CABLE ZONES

TO BE REMOVABLE TO BE REMOVABLE

CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

A

AND DOORS.

FITTED WITH NEOPRENE GASKETS I

HOLES IN LOWER FRONT & REAR FLANGES

HINGES.

KEYED TO L&F 92268.

AUTHORITY SEALABILITY.

HINGES.

B

HINGES.

HANDLES

BOLTS

sq.

FLEX

TEXT ON WHITE

D

SCHEDULE

B

CONSTRUCTION

MATERIAL

FASTENERS

LIFTING FACILITY

CABLE ENTRIES

GLANDPLATES

PLINTH

DOORS

DISTRIBUTION

DOOR

ESCUTCHEONS

STIFFENING

WEATHER SEALS

BUSBARS

BUSBAR JOINTS

BUSBAR SUPPORTS

FAULT LEVEL

SEGREGATION

VENTS

PROTECTION

WIRING

FINISH

PREPARATION

EXTERNAL COLOUR

INTERNAL COLOUR

EQUIPMENT PANELS

ESCUTCHEONS

LABELS

FRONT VIEW

MACHINE FORMED AND WELDED.

FRONT CONNECTED, FLOOR MOUNTED.

ALL JOINTS TO BE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED

2.0mm ZINCANNEAL SHEET STEEL CUBICLES

2.0mm ZINCANNEAL GEAR TRAYS.

MILD STEEL NUTS & BOLTS.

EYE BOLTS (HOT ZIP GALVANISED)

BOTTOM ONLY AS SHOWN.

6mm ALUMINIUM WITH DUSTSEALS 1 UNPAINTED,

75x 40x 5mm M.S CHANNEL WITH 13mrn DIA

HOT DIP GALVANISED AFTER FABRICATION.

FITTED WITH CHROME PLATED BRASS PINTLE

CHROME PLATED KEY LOCKABLE T-HANDLES,

CT SECTION TO HAVE ACORN NUTS WITH SUPPLY

DOOR STAYS FITTED TO ALL DOORS.


CHROME PLATED T-HANDLES.


CHROME PLATED SPANNER LOCKS, WITH '0'

ALL DOORS OVER 1000mm HIGH.

NEOPRENE. RUBBER AROUND EACH DOOR.

NEOPRENE RUBBER TO BE RETAINED IN CHANNEL

ROUNDED-EDGE HDHC COPPER TO AS 3439.

HO x 6.3mm - MAIN- RUN

20 x 6.3mm - TAKE OFF FEEDER

80 x 6.3mm - NEUTRAL

31.5 x 6.3mm - EARTH

ALL BUSBAR JOINTS TO USE HIGH TENSILE

AND NYLOCK LOCK NUTS.

12mm PERMALI DENSIFIED WOOD

50KA

FORM 3 TO AS 3439.1 INCOMERS & DISTRIBUTION

FORM 3 TO AS 3439.1 MOTOR FEEDERS

FITTED WITH 20 GAUGE BRASS MESH.

IP54 WEATHER PROOF

POWER- PVC INSULATED V75 MINIMUM 2.5mm

PHASE COLOURED

CONTROL- PVC INSULATED V75 1.5mm sq

240V CONTROLS WHITE

24VOC +NE ORANGE

24VDC -VE VIOLET

NEUTRALS BLACK

MARKERS- GRAFOPLAST EQUIVALENT BLACK

ELECTROSTATIC POWDER COATED.

CLEAN, DEGREASE AND GRIND SMOOTH

RAL 7035 60% GLOSS

RAL 7035 60% GLOSS

GLOSS WHITE

GLOSS WHITE

MATERIAL- ENGRAVED TRAFFOLYTE

FIXING- M3 x 6 TAPTIGHTS

COLOUR- W/B/W UNLESS NOTED IN

TITLE

EDMONDSTONE STREET

SEWAGE PUMPING STATION

MAIN SWITCHBOARD - FRONT VIEWS

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

DRAWING NO.

06375-E-001 SHEET

B1

SCALE

1 : 10 SHEET 1 OF 2

OFFICE

QUEENSLAND H

FILENAME

06375e001

INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND IS NOT TO BE

COPIED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY FORM OR GIVEN TO ANY OTHER PERSON

WHATSOEVER WITHOUT THE EXPRESS CONSENT OF SJELECTRIC PTY. LTD.

DANFOSS VSD

3 9 3

Ei ]

CABLE ZONE

,

DANEOSS VSD

CABLE ZONE

E

El

meatus 0.0l. DT POW I L/11

0 *

. CABLE ZONE

o

0

Anna ISOlt. 91 8 PLAIP 2 I/B

n 9.6 Sal =OTC .9,-

P01

0

PUMP

0

1

3

0

) PUMP

0

2

3

SPARE

9.15

5129 Si 520 PR 7

DOT

[ PUMP 1 CONTROLS 13 H PUMP 2 CONTROLS

, ,---.

, . 2 , 2- r-. ,-.

GENERATOR SW.

800A

t1s10

0

o

E

L1] 8 COMMON CONTROL

DISTRIBUTION BOARD

1

CI 0

rL 9 R. 9 o

SUMP PUMP

MAIN SWITCH 800A

E

0

o

SPARE COMPARTMENT

E

El

o

SUPPLY AUTHORITY

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

o

CABLE ZONE

ry

CABLE ZONE

E

CABLE ZONE B

E 8

o

. CABLE ZONE

o

0

. . .

o

1 . CABLE ZONE

o

CMD L=1

3 R.FREELAND 05-02 C.HOLMES C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES

2 R.STEWART 03-02 C.HOLMES C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES

R.STEWART 02-02 C.HOLMES C.HOLMES N. WEBER C.HOLMES

0 R.STEWART 02-02 C.HOLMES C.HOLMES N.WEBER C.HOLMES

REV. DRAWN BY DATE CHECKED BY DESIGNED BY ENGINEER

AS BUILT

RE-ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

CLIENT

pig Brisbane'--;.'---.---k.,;Er-si- WaterArti

Elisbro Cry

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

ISSUED FOR APPROVAL

APPROVED BY

2 3 4

REVISION TITLE

5

DESIGNED BY I ELECTRIC (AUST) PtyLtd A.C.N. 011 010 807

I I 6

OLD: (07) 3256 1522 VIC: (03) 9466 3977 NSW: (02) 9672 7922 WA: (08) 9470 4292

7 8 9 10 11 12

STANDARD DESIGNATION 13I - 1000 x 707s



INSPECTION & TEST RESULTS



I I

QUALITY PLAN- CHECK LIST NO: QA3CH - 005 ISSUE NO: 2 PAGE 1 OF 2

ELECTRIC, ,IIVITCHBOARD AND CONTROL PANEL

SWITCBG EAR ASSEMBLY CUSTOMER: 13/V.SAA/Ve Wei t PROJECT: 6-- 0 ni c4iva go 11)c s 7 Ace T lYS Trl rzo ORDER NO:

PLANT: /11601/ s Lt/T- rut 304A4 -

LOCATION / AREA: DRG NO.

TEST EQPT: V IS u rk I-- TYPE: SERIAL NO:

ITEM NO

ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION CHECKED (TICK)

Comment -

1

2 3 4

5

6

7 8 9 10 11

12

13

14 15 16

Engraving Labels level Legible (letter height as per specification) Fixing Material as per specification

Duct/din rail Level Fixing

Earth and Neutral Bars Neutral no. of holes Earth no. of holes Neutral bar no. screws Earth bar no screws Neutral bar hole size Neutral bar hole size

Equipment Equipment Layout Correct Equipment Equipment level Equipment fix

.

( ji) ( 1) ( I ( 1)

( 1 A

( I )

( 7) ( //) (f/)

( // .) ( )

( j)

(

( )

(J) ( )

---

CHECKED BYr:77)`brili '11"."- 1 C. Al''`3, SIGNATURE: DATE:AM 0).SIGNATURE: ELECTRICAL L CENCE NO:

APPROVED BY: ../s/Oc,i-ic-- DATE:

..!--0....--

5 -Z 24/a,

All the above signatories certify that the Electrical switchboard work listed has been checked and tested in accordance with the prescribed procedure and that such work complies in every respect with the requirements of the Electricity Act 1994, AS3000:2000 and AS3008.1.1.1998.

AUTHORISED BY: Peter Mercer SIGNATURE/ DATE-2/570




Mama= .WITCHBOARD AND CONTROL PANEL

QUALITY PLAN. CHECK LIST NO: QA3CH - 005 ISSUE NO: 2 PAGE 2 OF 2

SWITCHGEAR ASSEMBLY CUSTOMER: aimantvE- witren. PROJECT: 60 rv+0rv4ST rV S T4 C.677-

ORDER NO:

PLANT: AR-rsative WA E/_ LOCATION / AREA: DRG NO

TEST EQPT: 1/1 Su N.-. TYPE: SERIAL NO:

ITEM NO


Comment

17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30

Wiririg Wire size and temperature rating is correct Wire colour Wire number system as per specification Wire numbers Isolatdrs are correct size Fuse-s are correct size Contact/o/load are correct size Terminals (allow spares as per specification) Circuit breakers are correct size

Looms Supported

. Protected Cable off steel edges (allow bushing) Cable lugs Cable crimp

( //) (1) (1 ) ( //) ( ) ( /') ( i) ( 4

( ))

( I) ( ./ )

( I) ( /) ( j)

(-- \ Pr-35

CHECKED BY:4-/Vt 1-1.1L-""ac*A'Ji SIGNATURE: DATE: /2#10A- ELECTRICAL ICENCE NO: 3 7 2

APPROVED BY: C- SIGNgt DATE: zvvoy


AUTHORISED BY: Peter Mercer SIGNATURE "4-- DATE. flOrio




I I


ELECTRICA, ,...ITCHBOARD AND CONTROL PANEL INSULATION TEST TO AS3439.1-1993 (2,500 volts)

CUSTOMER: IA it4S /we Will-GA- PROJECT: EoniodiOs7 We 6 rize-err ORDER NO:

PLANT: LOCATION / AREA: DRG NO.

TEST EQPT: ME-C-IC.Ae... TYPE: Kyoz% Ts0 SERIAL NO: 07 Gcl 012

ITEM NO


Comment

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10.

11

12

Rated insulation voltage

Disconnect control circuits and all electronics

Insulation test - volts

Insulation test - Red to White.

Insulation test - Red to Blue.

Insulation test - Red to Earth.

Insulation test - Red to Neutral.

Insulation test - White to Earth.

Insulation test - White to Neutral.

Insulation test - Blue to Earth.

Insulation test - Blue to Neutral.

2.5 KV Fa- ) .-it... ?To? 7-ro NI t"Pi'a C.

10 vk Kt!: 'T-t) .-61.....n.i:

( '')

( A ( 4 ( /) (/) ( l) ( / ( I) ( 1) ( ..4

( I) ( I) C4

.1.c

-4X-AAF

1.000v.

.0°

00

DD

.090

4743

.PO

000

GO

e,c5 ,

DO

CHECKED SIGNATURE: ELECTRICA

'.---)'' BY; \ - 1-----% .-".."- 1-31`°"-`c-04-N). DATE: itA.4-°i--

APPROVED SIGNATURE:

BY:

---__ ,Oe-Y C /166,2,7c-

DATE: c't

2.)-4,./,, ICENCE NO: g F 77,


AUTHORISED BY: Peter Mercer SIGNATURE. DATE:;ii (3)1'51--





ELECTRIOWITCHBOARD AND CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONAL TEST

CUSTOMER: AT-S MI6 (AMT.& k. PROJECT: 60MO/lits s role sr /Zees r v ORDER NO:

PLANT: LOCATION / AREA: DRG NO

TEST EQPT: 11)5u tiqrlut....7- ,I....,a.re4. TYPE: 10 46 II .

SERIAL NO: 705.-zi._ 0 ictot

ITEM ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION CHECKED Comment NO (TICK)

Prior to Supply Connection / 1 Do a point to point test on all cables as per the skematic ( ) drawings.

2 Check no crossed voltages 24/240. () 3 Ensure cable colour coding as per specification ( I) 4 Check analog inputs/outputs have shielded cable. ( s7)

5 Check all cables are numbered. ( /). 6 Ensure indicator lights have right colour lenses. (4 7 Check all CT's are earthed. ( I) 8 Ensure relays are switching correctly. ( 4 9 Check push buttons work correctly. () 10 Check selector switches work correctly. .. ( 4 11 Ensure signal inputs/outputs are correct. (I)

Connect Supply 12 Test operations step by step following specified

procedure. ( /) ,

f-----1

'.-4----------1..----1 CHECKED BY:..si-i2a.r1"-) 1.4k1,(1"-IcÌN-1). APPROVED BY: SIGNATURE: (C._, DATE: /Zi--- 4 -0).- SIGNATURE: DATE: 27/,/ ELECTRICAL ICENCE NO: 3 r 777. 7r4..


AUTHORISED BY: Peter Mercer SIGNATURE..?"-N-- DATE: 4"2/70 7°




SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

AN

D C

ON

TR

OL

PA

NE

L E

AR

TH

CO

NT

INU

ITY

TE

ST

C

LIE

NT

:.....

. .!f

F6.

?1.4

9.:.)

.L...

e....

.!'!-

?..e

.geg

-

PR

OJE

CT

: gP

. 9

":1T

:.:el

niI

.7 e

erie

r

JOB

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

: r-

ci P

k ,

T--

1 ...

...

, -,

- C-4

-k '.

...01

' 9-

--

, D

RG

NO

:

TE

ST

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

: l'i

laiC

A4.

T

YP

E:

'

Kyo

et M

L.).

.

SE

RIA

L N

O:

076

9 1 ,.

CA

LIB

RA

TIO

N D

UE

DA

TE

:

ITE

M

NO

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

.

'

CH

EC

KE

D

(TIC

K)

Res

ults

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Mai

n E

arth

to

4120

eX

Z

Se-e

4.1A

4G

120/

P

/ ..0

0cla

hJ)

(,c

(...1

(

(1/4

- 4 a (-4

7 5-

-

i .. . 1

,

0-5.

Mai

n E

arth

to

1ek5

e C

p4iY

.z-

7-6-

1.)E

.-

Z4:

, L>

/ .S

rf

c.--

---1

()

.

Mai

n E

arth

to

Do

c>

7 C

A L

.Stz

z-

.,/e.

; zr

xes.

z)e-

(.

,S,D

_.

c.: cr

/a-s

i4t,

Mai

n E

arth

to

E7c

o ,c

-)/)

,P /

cO -t

irzen

c o-

*.

.

Mai

n E

arth

to

Pos

t. 5

(-:;n

/2,/7

2 0.

-,..

ces-

v-T

-OL

..S

.-..-

77

co-1

.,,

_

Mai

n E

arth

to

boo

( S

c.),

)7,

/Ci/7

7,

<-5

-G-7

70,.J

Mai

n E

arth

to

Dr)

,..,

7 .c

.-c-

7--,

tx--

/

Mai

n E

arth

to

1)nO

CZ

q

/4-a

/iP /

TE

ST

ED

BY

: b.

r-vc

-1"

1...2

1 D

LL-

1 c A

ctJ

- .

SIG

NA

TU

RE

: D

AT

E:

AX

- 9--

.=,.4

-.

, E

LEC

TR

ICA

L IC

EN

CE

NO

: 3

8-

, .

WIT

NE

SS

ED

BY

: '

.

SIG

NA

TU

RE

: .

DA

TE

:

SJ -

55 IS

SUE

1



CLI

EN

T:

4/LE

36*1

/6-

74:1

JOB

N

O

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

AN

D C

ON

TR

OL

PA

NE

L E

AR

TH

CO

NT

INU

ITY

TE

ST

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

: D

RG

NO

:

TE

ST

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

: r4

tia-6

.442

. T

YP

E:

IZV

o/t,

7-5D

S

ER

IAL

NO

:

CA

LIB

RA

TIO

N D

UE

DA

TE

: 5-

: 6 -0

4--

ITE

M

NO

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

C

HE

CK

ED

(T

ICK

) R

esul

ts

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Mai

n E

arth

to

,Gbc

, cy

g)

4.),

7 ?P

c."1

/ y-e

;,Q

,

( (4

(((/

/

LA

(I)/

(i

) ( x/

)

71

> I

?(5-

57

> I 70

.

Mai

n E

arth

to

.iiZ

//2

,,uP

ioz.

'7/

AL

,77-

7k=

q/7-

r M

ain

Ear

th t

o R

oc,

/(

/70,

,i/P

a

"4/..

/ Sg

EA

A e 4

S

ecr?

c#4.

/

Mai

n E

arth

to

ibts

.. /R

. S

r"4/

../

&gM

tf71

5X-C

. r7o

."./

LS,A

hWA

TP

- ,

Mai

n E

arth

to

IZn,

4 kg

44

-(C

ep-,

2.r.

e L5

1,4i

-t<

A7r

-/Z

M

ain

Ear

th to

J7

o /

An"

, 2

ao.-

1,70

/..-

gjzz

ei

Mai

n E

arth

to

Doc

X

/6--

R

S 72

e/ 2

3c.)

.7-.

0.-1

/ S

C-C

_T-lo

..-

Mai

n E

arth

to

aso.

i(

V2

SE-C

770

,1

C4g

e-y0

zd

i-ir

, ,

TE

ST

ED

..-

--

BY

: ..

k )

( r-

-.1

NT

k..n

a.- t

4,

4_,..

....1

.

WIT

NE

SS

ED

BY

: S

IGN

AT

UR

E:

DA

TE

: S

IGN

AT

UR

E:

DA

TE

: L)

, _ 4_

-0,1

...

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

L C

EN

CE

NO

: 33

7 re

SJ -

55 I

SSU

E 1



CLI

EN

T:

AM

-56/

14/6

"T

E/L

PR

OJE

CT

: ...6

..t-.

1.1m

6a.s

.

o 17

.5"

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

AN

D C

ON

TR

OL

PA

NE

L E

AR

TH

CO

NT

INU

ITY

TE

ST

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

: D

RG

NO

:

TE

ST

EQ

yIP

ME

NT

: 1l

izei

c11-

0-

TY

PE

: 14

. V

o C

I TS

,

SE

RIA

L N

O:

0769

0 ( .

)-

CA

LIB

RA

TIO

N D

UE

DA

TE

: 5-

- 6 -

ciZ

.

ITE

M

NO

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

S

CH

EC

KE

D

(TIC

K)

Res

ults

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Mai

n E

arth

to

Ooc

/7

/>

(.),

,,/, Z

O

tO

5.-r

7.=

:.- I

CA

3c-e

0-

-L) C

C

atc

a,...

))

(t/

0-4

(j)

(J)

( ti)

(c/ )

>5'

5'-

>/ . 5

: '

'.5;?

...S

.--

>01

5-

Mai

n E

arth

to

Dpi

I f

rIs

?c)/

y, P

2 Se

c-I-

7 6,

, M

ain

Ear

th t

o P

GA

I---

/

CD

/ C

A-&

i 7-

o.-J

g0

770.

1-)

Z.C

.7--

- LS

ZA

Tfu

r)

,..

Mai

n E

arth

to

Z

LA

!) 7

C

A(

zo-J

t 8,

37-7

b1,-

,

Mai

n E

arth

to

.

LYS

° /

0,Ir

l/C

Icel

77:1

4-1,

7 I<

/ Cif

f-

ri

.

Mai

n E

arth

to

..,

..,

/174

/14/

-5

bz./G

e,e/

:

(,

Mai

n E

arth

to

,, .5

A

ve?

A,c

. 0

Mai

n E

arth

to

e'

C

t/So0

.2

61/V

e 00

.-ue

,e

3o-r

ns",

4,

c_,-

/- _

TE

ST

ED

S

IGN

AT

UR

E:

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

BY

:j---

k-)

I 1.

.3

1.-c

k k.

),-,

....(

C. A

-r...

, j .

DA

TE

: ,4

2- 9

-- O

ck.

S

I, C

EN

CE

NO

: 3

r 779

'

WIT

NE

SS

ED

BY

: S

IGN

AT

UR

E:

DA

TE

:

SJ -

55 I

SSU

E 1



" P

RO

JEC

T:

e611

/0W

6ST

Oit/

C

6)75

- JO

B

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

AN

D C

ON

TR

OL

PA

NE

L E

AR

TH

CO

NT

INU

ITY

TE

ST

SW

ITC

HB

OA

RD

D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

: D

RG

NO

: ,

TE

ST

EQ

UIP

ME

NT

: 1"

LFC

.CA

-12-

- T

YP

E:

SE

RIA

L N

O:

c, 7

&9

01 )

, C

ALI

BR

AT

ION

DU

E D

AT

E: .

,5--

-- 6

, IT

EM

N

O

DE

SC

RIP

TIO

N

CH

EC

KE

D

(TIC

K)

Res

ults

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Mai

n E

arth

to

SA

,tiD

Pa

r/E

r 7'

i , s

D 2

cA

ltrzi

e:

26,il

e 46

77r

1 ( .1

1/

GA

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

( )

>O

$ >

/

.

Mai

n E

arth

to

6.4.

4..,

o R

A-7

-Az

7 vc

0 2

c"

64e

e7c.

a..,.

/c

acer

raer

, /e

le

_

Mai

n E

arth

to

Z7&

, /7

M

ain

Ear

th t

o

.

Mai

n E

arth

to

Mai

n E

arth

to

Mai

n E

arth

to

Mai

n E

arth

to

TE

ST

ED

S

IGN

AT

UR

E:

ELE

CT

RIC

AL

, .

BY

:17.

..slc

z, 1.

....3

1T

1/4_

9 r.

...j

,

/....,

D

AT

E:

,t2-

4.- ok

e

tICE

NC

E N

O:

'

35 7

7 cf

r.

,

.

WIT

NE

SS

ED

BY

: S

IGN

AT

UR

E:

DA

TE

:

.

SJ -

55 I

SSU

E 1



SWITCHBOARD AND CONTROL PANEL INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST (2,500 volts)

GT. -

JOB

SWITCHBOARD "41(") 5c4)/Terf igoA,Zt DESCRIPTION: Ai) SG-vo".) DRG NO:

TEST EQUIPMENT: /19 - OoT- TYPE: SERIAL NO: q5 La03

CALIBRATION DUE DATE:

ITEM NO


Results

1 Rated insulation voltage ( -r -6--eti.

2 Disconnect control circuits and all electronics ( k/Y

3 Insulation test - Red to White. ( t-r 47,/.

4 Insulation test - Red to Blue. ( .s...

5 Insulation test - White to Blue. _ (t--r

6 Insulation test - Red to Earth. (A ...

7 Insulation test - Red to Neutral. (,Zf ,.

7... ....::-.

8 Insulation test - White to Earth. ( 4 9 Insulation test - White to Neutral. () -,-. .

10 Insulation test - Blue to Earth. ( )

11 Insulation test - Blue to Neutral.

..---- TESTED BY: J %;51-11----1 I-1Q t-4-A 14 A- vs-1 WITNESSED BY: SIGNATURE: DATE: ZA-4--01 SIGNATURE: DATE: ELECTRICAL ICENCE NO: 3 g 77e(

SJ - 57 ISSUE 1




PROJECT:E.-P.4maiZe...qzckliC..

JOB

SWITCHBOARD inAt;ii Sri) ,T-e..44 130A/10 DESCRIPTION: in Ai vs) 1SC..5 DRG NO:

TEST EQUIPMENT: ' "- TYPE: SERIAL NO: 952 OKS

CALIBRATION DUE DATE::

ITEM NO


Results

1 Rated insulation voltage ,

( I) ,Zs,Cd

2 Disconnect control circuits and all electronics (1)

3 Insulation test - Red to White. (si) ind.. I 4 Insulation test - Red to Blue. ( I) et ' 5 Insulation test- White to Blue. t-)

.._ 14

6 Insulation test - Red to Earth. () - e

t.. 7 Insulation test - Red to Neutral. (J) 8 Insulation test - White to Earth. _I

( )

4,-

9 Insulation test - White to Neutral. ( / )

,.. -,,

10 Insulation test - Blue to Earth.

,

(`4 4

11 Insulation test - Blue to Neutral.

TESTED BY: Y'r ° 1"....4 U 1-1-1 C. 4 r.-) WITNESSED BY: SIGNATURE: A.- DATE: 2),-4.-0), SIGNATURE: DATE: ELECTRICAL kICENCE NO: 3 g-77?.




CLIENT:- B.6-.7.A.0.0.1:I!

PROJECT:..P.r.1:1-RfY.P.§../..9.1.ff....:5'rit r JOB NO:...

SWITCHBOARD ;41 /9-1-41 SW/ Tiff 4ofitto DESCRIPTION: -1-kvco men DRG NO:

TEST EQUIPMENT: 6:446-A. TYPE: 0 Ara() SERIAL NO: 76 1=911--

CALIBRATION DUE DATE: Sieloz_

ITEM NO


Results

1 Rated insulation voltage / ( ) /P0(2 11.

2 Disconnect control circuits and all electronics ( ./) 3 Insulation test - Red to White. ( A / 4 Insulation test - Red to Blue. ( 1/) 00 5 Insulation test - White to Blue ( 1)

6 Insulation test - Red to Earth. (4' 00 7 Insulation test- Red to Neutral. 04 -

8 Insulation test - White to Earth. ( 4 ...QC

9 Insulation test - White to Neutral. ( /) 00 10 Insulation test - Blue to Earth. (/) 00 11 Insulation test - Blue to Neutral. / DO

TESTED BY: J J81--i r---i Niui_c_i c. A-v--1 WITNESSED BY: SIGNATURE: DATE: V--4---0,4- SIGNATURE: DATE: ELECTRICAL ICENCE NO: '3 g 779'.

SJ - 56 ISSUE 1




/2.-T3 QA/Ve 1,01 re-A,

r

inn Nn. TO 617.s-,

SWITCHBOARD Mi4Z1/ SW rcti ?Son Ike) TEST EQUIPMENT: MEGrafit DESCRIPTION: MOW AOS TYPE: ill oat rS DRG NO: - SERIAL NO: o76cion

CALIBRATION DUE. DATE: 4-76/0 Z -

ITEM NO


Results

1 Rated insulation voltage ( 4 .1000v.

2 Disconnect control circuits and all electronics ( 4 3 Insulation test - Red to White. ( .1) 00

4 Insulation test - Red to Blue. ( ./) °GI

5 Insulation test -White to Blue ( / ) 00

6 Insulation test - Red to Earth. (/) ) 09

7 Insulation test - Red to Neutral. - ( d) ..120

8 Insulation test - White to Earth. ( I) CP

9 Insulation test - White to Neutral. ( 1) 00

10 Insulation test - Blue to Earth. (, 00 11 Insulation test - Blue to Neutral. kr)

TESTED BY: `...),Q.S Tit---) Mu (-4- f c.6v1._.%. WITNESSED BY: SIGNATURE: /----- DATE: L),-4--0). SIGNATURE: DATE: ELECTRICAL LICENCE NO: 3 877,



SWITCHBOARD AND CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONAL TEST

PROJECT: AD.D-3.0.it:t9.1r.A/AZ Sr. JOB NO: ...J.

SWITCHBOARD TEST EQUIPMENT: V.S..)pt r-I cre DESCRIPTION: r'si Pt rc.A-470441> TYPE: ri_tjezr:- I)

DRG NO: - SERIAL NO: 70 3-4-otq2. CALIBRATION DUE DATE: ei _4-- 0

ITEM NO


CoMment

1

2

3.

4

5

6

7

8

Prior to Supply Connection the schematic

cable.

circuit.

Equipment

following specific

(

/

,

(I) ( /) ( /) ( ') ( /) ( /)

(7) .

7frz6

Do a point to point test on all cables as per drawings to ensure correct circuit connection.

Visual Inspection Check no crossed voltages i.e.24/240.

Check analog inputs/outputs have shielded

Check all cables are numbered.

Ensure indicator lights have right colour lenses.

Check all CT's are earthed and not open

Ensure signal inputs/outputs are correct.

Connect Supply (Personal Protection must be used) Test functional operation of switchboard construction issue drawing.

TESTED SIGNATURE: ELECTRICAL

WITNESSED BY: SIGNATURE: DATE:

BY: M.° t-4-i C, A-,-...). DATE: 2/._ ...1)..1..

L CENCE NO: ---

SJ - 59 ISSUE 1



TRANSPOREER HAT

i.I. 11:1001:1LIRA

1

i massua ,

50110111322ER 'OTTO

-I-

_ _ ----------------- CASTELLICET VOISSOCX

1

GENERATOR WAIL co:cowl:int I movarizo

L

'ft rl 02 "R

a

Poi,k) t 9

C) -O./A-I 1

12 13 14 16

.THIEWEIRT RIO

Ti

1502A OA 3 NOSE INEVIRES IR/SEARS 1935114md

301

rA..) rAjr !

COLTER AVENUE CONTROLROOK

NOTES

LOU mica Erna sew= ixo:catzforrnossocsason sum POSIERIE011/01.11GINOIVISAPYROSIRIDER/ONISNT.

2.6CUTTAND SIOTEITCPCOVIRTARRE TO MIME TO1LOSOLEZIATD11 OE orrawas CItCOOSMOJOIRS.

EDMONSIONE STSER AGE PUMPNG STATDN

HAN ECHBOARD

TOO

113 60111.1150C SPEOSCANA0121.1:415

DOI WM 71

DBIRED133N BOARD

DB-P1

i

I I

s

so.

r - saL\

L._ SPARES

\ EDAM/ 15S.Pytta6013 I

I

L

I coinsoLI i

--V&A/FACER Ct 503111.33 ASSET SERVO'S

1

1

224M1 1 14101

PIG

DATE YSIttlIVISII ORIGINAL SIDED A SO .00 . DATE V01 1.110 11615 A. 131:SET 5536 16.11.01

20.0162 21.1101

NO,DETE

(CS &sauna 400 NAMAGER OP OPERA TO N 5

DATE CADD PIZ 57/40004

1101 01(0 01 1.1W Of Esisiat Lusts AMES DMUS

0

Imo MANAGER PROMSDNA: ORIGIpm SIDED DATE 1111:4,- SERV CS -ENG NEER RIG E. I RN 16.11.01 3131001TED

JOS ISA

5 . 5,75

56 6011 MO.

T

- , --- 77

!

TKO 1002.00

DESERCRECT AN 10A300

DRAY S HA. 10.0200

'1--;

TEED ROOK

I

..

DRAfTOG COCCI IoU 25..3D0

1. 4. L

ii .1 I. "1 !I I 1.1 I I

: i!! 1"; iRi r' i

-

PROJECT EDMOND STONE STREET aw

SEW AGE PUN PDIG AUGMENTATION

STATION 3 P 2 3 3N

us: 11 is

11 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAW INC


TITLE MAIN SW ITCHEOARD SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM

13 14

NTS

AA: DATUM *I I Of 1 !MEETS

DRAM NG

486/5/7-H 0004 AMEND.

B

15 16

A

C

C



a

12 14 IS I 16

1

2

3

.

IsIC140. PVC/PIrC

E 11.404 B I

f ;f f 1 f

1 1

I , I I 't 1 I

5 I I I

I I I I I

'10131 14531415 CAMS[ MOM BBBB TILILIESIOKII

4 --.K....:. I ..:1 .. :-.....1J--........:::.,:i 7 e 117111411

; et lima's. - I int la 1 1211/1 I

C0111115111111 C.2.1 ID IT

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

.18

19

21

21

23

24

25

26

72

28

29

33

31

31

33

34

35

36

37

35 C7/ 000/5

39

40 CT2 1100/S

41

42 CT) 100/5

43

44

as'

48

49

50

E

23

110171170

YO/Li rArunci -1

") h.ozz -El-

'2) /1-012 23

C5012/70 .

L..192.1..07. J. t, I

Now I1C01111 CERC13 IT I31100112/00 TE02105.2

15112112 0 15 00

r

Of01111ATOR DIC041121

CLP.C13 Xt0011,7/100 £1108551

.. v ALL 1111140

aIRATOR C011210/ 5411

I. 134

25 034

V °2,

4

Pt

N

SI

PI

021 501 017152151

1.1

/.ps, 22 D72 3

: 101 [RN /711 110 talk 11 100

2 121

030 4i + 5

150

170 t

11

010 14

170 13

:

SI V/030 " 21)1 57 4 41713,,

.,,,/ D73 L4 074

P1 SI .4.1/5 55 031 LS

C1=D 7

f JD 75 za .71 . vr CMD

9

B TO LEIN 31 ON :1145/5/714002

!_.20.113.02 fat CCIISIFUCIICR TNU ,04au.L.:9 CIS USED 18 LIEU CI RESISTOR OAKS 9910

4112.10215117

11-1 14 137

40E111

141 0 II I _a_

107'

,

STATION 31412 VOW 1501

-

it

41144 CR Of 1112311E3S ASSET 3504t2-3

DATE

NAM AGER Of OPERATDRS

DATE

MANAGE, PROVESSDNAL 2501155 -104 DIMING

DATE

SUP211113110 DIG PEER

CAD° FLE

JOB I'LL 5700305

SURVITED

200.00. DATE DES EN V141/ 1052.00

DESZIIEMECII 10.0500

SURVEY PO .1

VII° 11001

-- DRAW 0

CHECK

Ni THU

15.02.00

25.0200 *000. C

Brisbane WaterArig

140.2LCT

IOW ONDSTONI STRIRT SIR AGO PUNP/IIG STATION SP23 AUG14 TATION

DO NOT SCALZ TR IS DRAW MC

48.1 '

ISSULD [TOR CONSTRUCTION]

TILE HAW SW ITCHBOARD INCONZR SZCTION ILZCTRICAL SCRIHATIC

14

STALE ITS

AM: DATUM 1 Of 35E172

DRAW NG II'

486/5/7-H 0005 API/PL.

IS 10



10 II 12

A

251

252

253

254

255

256

257

258

259

260

261

2(3

264

265

266

267

269

270

272

273

214

VS

2,1

279

279

F 290 '

2131

282

283

284

295

289

2%

291

292

291

2%

2%

291

2%

299

30)

rao sr DRAW UM 4114/3/7.4to 007 1.21112 200

E N

1

/ R

/ W

/ B

101 DISTRINIITIO BOAIII1

' IICCO IISA

04......r

K......lr--

K ....I.1,

. .

_IIIIIITRAL W.

20 1

'....---4.'

1 .'i...i.+', I-1 aim amt I-I

CRANK

DRY LLL 11111

- 1 -0.4,24

-C.,&..,.

I

L

20 -0,... I

te...1: 10

0 2./ ELL 214.1

20

---CL-T-2:

10

10

DRY ILL PO

I., GPo

311 07/11117.0AD MAT OMP PON 220

, IS

--0.........). I

----CN"-k.. ___<1..L.2...

1

10 s". --0....7,..m

1

____ 4 ( .

--0...L.,-' <10L1 x TLC I SA ie/ r ' ,a4 - -- - -.` -41-r-Lit 1 o i o

I 1 v I L _ _ 1 f-1 I

1

j 3....+,..-

- DIEPLOAD

1-_

Y ift 3, RZ1AT / III

off _ 20

--0............ fl {A

---N-.... -0 -*

20 _ _ 00 L

O III

Is C

MI SPARE -----h"--2.

.3-1-Z i, TO 0.L 11 -...I.-

11 2112lAt BAR

1)=-12 1111230411 G 40 POLS DISTRIIMItION CRAT.2111

116

12) Vs, 24412 RSLAY

.

. RI 1 0

(- LOC2 OUT LEV1L

s

START

co IS

11.14 2 r-- -,

I 11114 5_

{TOP

...

. 40

.._ a ItiCTIO D2 I-

0.012 11) r rat-1 _SI,. *002 Q ''' 3 .-0.- -":ie-." Cr 01

-:.-.T.:4' STOP111.2C2110Dt

.411

I

- r ,_

,

102 1D451711C1101

1.9000 iEllf %CEO Am

SUM P PUN P LEVEL CON TRO L

AMAGER Of 11030ESS ASSET SEAM= MANAGE/10f OPERAMIS

MANAGER PROTESSIDNAL SERVLE3 YEEILDG

LATE '30PIAVIOCO NIG PEAL SIGNED SPED . =GREER A. MOON= 1=4

DATE 01.00

YD23511 V140.

DATE CLOD FLE sm000a 023D2 CHECK PI A. 10 01.00

OAS NAL SIGNED/ATE N.LAM 2001100

200 PLC SUEVET NO.: DRAW N 11.71-

NMI).

010200

122.02.00 SURVEYED TOLD BOOK ORATING CHECK

3 I 4 7 1

RIOT IllTU

CUM POLE

PS., vizi

PARR tQLN

P ARE POLS

STERN- AL LION TS

team AL Llail Ts

OA IWO= 1170 (217 )

lOOTED ON IISCOTCO ZO

_17140750

PARE PO=

PARS POLE

PARE POLE

gnunivoza

_ LTV ALLY

CAS IR St

40104C SUPPLY TO LOOP ISOLATOR = COMMON coo TOOL

PARE

PARE

PARK

11003.110L1

B ARE POLE

PARK POLE

uts POLE

PARS POLE

SUMP MCP RCA! 271

1101.714.001021 VIOLATOR

c WaterfAtto4

10

tans Ow 0:4114/S/7-440 0011

"

St! LEGEND

S.

POW ER MN NAIS

PANEL)/ RNG TERM DAIS

BOX TERM NAIS

NAM

CUBE= TERM NAM

CONTROLTERM.NALS

'

FEID W RWG

SW Br HBOARD

0 mc.ALcorrraoL

FEID J.RICTDR

GI MARI TERM

NAR-SHAILNG

0 SW IrCHEGARD

DO NOT SCALE THIS- D RAW. nir G


PROTECT TITLE SCALE AA: DATUM IDMOND STONE STRUT MA331 SW ITCHHOARD MTS II 4 of 4 SHEETS

SEW AGE PUMP STATION SP23 DISTRIBUTION BOARD DRAW 0G7I AM ES D.

AU GM IN TAT ION ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 486/5/7 -M0008

It 11 14 IS



I

D

4.4

6 T 10 1 2 I 11 -.---1---- 14 15 16

51

52

53

54

55

56

5'7

58

59

60

a

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

71

72

73

81

02

83

t!4

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

96

'36

91

93

99

103

CONTRUED 219296 iloc so DRAW VG 496.6.61:100:15

N R 14

:,. tallsmesnala - 4 - amummies47

I 1 13 5 m

020 DSO

.

RTU CABINET IECIIR0L991LSR)

co

_._._._._

P1BREAKER NS ECM

"N.

100 DOE 101

RPI

FLIER

21 1:1ARSOSS ,

12 UM V Ulflr

18101 SODAS IU10:1101

IT1

tE2

DCE-L mi 102 101 EL---- 100

E N R N B common me / taturno 48446HO007

200162 1. 03616.6001 - - -

ANAGEROP9116111E33 ASSET SEAVELS

MAAGER Or OPEAATISIS VDU

A 1.1101 Was WED DI tau cr 6:Emma BURS 7144/ PIAIIAGEA PROFESSDNALORIG DIAL SIGN tO DATE ,,S,611VE4.1 -CMG NEERNG R.LAM 0.DATE AMS 100600

DATE

DATE

a

CE:

4

COIITROLCMCITX -00111111 OS

us -

111LUIPTIRD-DEUSIMSR

71

cactor lissom:a murmur 001.

21CIERGOK7 STOP -111011LARYRICIAT

TY

RUMP 1

-2241KW - FLC_315A

SUPERVISMGOR162AL0IGNIORPZEI110- DATE LSO NW 8.1400611 096 06/00

CADDELL

XIS ILL SURVEYED

DES Eli

DE3011:11ECII

101

102

103

104

166

106

sai

108

-109

RTU CABINET 0:1001751410 MIMI

NOTE

1U I

MOTOR 0016117/ GOSM1PX0 MOOT

WORMS U0

112 4

i wok=

113 Hoar= =DT suoulc woo 1

i .

1:4 1 ce 1 ' ME:XS=

- __ -4 ,...:_i eso.A1011 EMT

116 i L 1_17 1

1111 _1_ . _ . - .. _ .-.- _ 115

i 0.1

126. ?"4:4;40,,.-

DAATTNG CHECK

I

DOE

DANSOSS inaNZ15 VE.DRI/Z-PUNS I

Lil 11

r - - - - -

sus/ STOP

is passr

V:. COMO/

of, o GI .11 .

11031004100111201. I C0111190210111

!wro9

9-

4.

4-

121

122

1234 ,

MET WELL

124 IEVV.

1

125

126

127

12i

.129

11

131

1r

133

134

135

136

137

133

139

141

142

143

144

145

146

10

144

149

a A

NET NE11. LEVEL IIDE/1100

DA2tFOSS

VIZ el5 PUMP 2

to

TO CMCOTMATAXER I

2.0TA0 1111=130113111 WARD REFERDIEGSP6M4100/43 6

LOOP BOIATOR SF16-204P0

I I

1100401011 CONTROL comssprocurr

RTU D IG ITAL IN PUTS

u / I---- °

-2-- -01-- 7" 7" --a- - --Gi- . -a--co-- awn

`"n -co- -a- y . -a------ mi ®

. -c- 7 3--u- . -1-- ..... ,..../ .>

A-- -13 "" 2 °1 --a12-

TI-ve' - -(4--- -co--- - -?I'lc. --11-_,'" e 12' -co-- --1--4--

0, to --11.98

RUDY O -

avow.' --01-- 0 0 -14-

DM= 0 -isan

.., 1"2

031202101 11COMMON COMAE! COMPAMOCEST

RTU D IGITAL OUTPUTS

) - -a-- - "*1

-a-- - "mu

NO

102100 I 101.....12 -,..../..s...

LO 0500 1 Brithane ..........41 150106 I Wdter -J2.....°"

so....mm... , 001 CO ...A..., 1/~ rW:i

.....61110441160 -..-....-..". 10

9001

7001

4.001

HAMA/ SPEED CONTROL

IX POTINTDMETER

DAR M AVID

1

*DT 2

SALPL-COVEROLPOSCR OM

161101-11EFTEXICERO SIR=

MEP 1-0TAPS

PUMP 1.4101?

POMP 1-0133621111CTSTOP

POMP 1-RUM=

6E90 1-WIT 111701

SOPU11-9611/111)SEDIESED

PIMP 1-1DCAL911612

SIMEDS-PSYVIIILEGICEED

, KULP 1-107111/11701 sum In.

I coo -wa 1110129X6121026.1

Poo t -swam max=

. 4

M010RTIER1431011 (AUTO P/3E7 I

V7.01112CONTROLINAUTO.ok 10 SI1 111E 371

VP-DRYERUX1111G TO 141E2PICETER1124010 111E 129

k / cc

VP-0020E1W 10 DITEAPATE TERMNALS 1240170

SYMBOLS LEGEND

YEW RIM SWUM:BOARD POWER 73222421ALI

-0- SW =Immo Com:Rom:ammo

O zocaLccarrRoLuumw Rao TERN MIS

aszto zascrpli Box Tem mus Gi 1=C= 7:02421AI9

CI MU moss= mcnizaLs

sum. ariotmcac 113011131I13.

-0- DISO3NNYCILUfarIPEICE TiattRALS

[DO NOT SCALE TB IS D RAW INC

ISSUED [TOR CONSTRUCTION

NrP-ROJECT SOH OND STOT/Z STRMRT SEW ACE PUMPING STATION AUGMENTATION

TITIL

3122 3 PUMP -375A 224KW MAIN SW ITCSBOARD

ELECTRICAL SCH EIS &TIC

11 14

N'eSCALL

pus A.#t: DATUM- M 2 or 1 561113

AR LSO,

B DRAW NG

486/5/7-M 0006

19 16

mA -Os?, --""-

r.

E.



A

C

- r 3 10 11 14 ' 15 16

151

152

153

154 '

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

161

16.s.

164

155

166

167

166.

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

17.7

172

176

100

181

182

183

184

185

186

100

186

189

193

191

192

193

194

1%

196

171

1%

199

203

cornrow neow zacir 103 DRAW 103 4841466860006

N R 14 B

RTU COMPARTMENT 1 A 1:132110/240 m)

10. MN 2112112170122 i /.----------.

IrMin'tiMI -..... ! .

4 ,-, 10- V V 141' i

L 2

205 204

-\

2111

- -

. ..

0110

i 15

1/20

1 1..., t

Cli 3 14

I

--- ------ P2 BRF.AXER

MOOR RLT

TIMER

Lt U DANSOSS

12 VID -V utra

L3 w

. -1 . - ,-

. _: _

. _, _

,

10---x> ---<

, ,

--sc.....1, cob

i V/ 710 3104. 711 -

PIA KC=

*------1----------G- 1262111

'a V m

COM7201.901.131 OW

229

$211111TTRP -DECAT TILER

177

cacnraxouacs smorman COIL

ESPERGENCI STOP -ACCELAILTILIIAX

117

...

.. ,.../ V/ 21.2-1

r2......,01211 204

ay,

12

E

_./ N

_II R W /

=

.

'/40 i 6 u- 6 B C011TRURS Luz 2s3 / wpm wo 4866. 6wocc3

a .12.

A 1J IDS It .DATE

I' t0ii121C1106 mV

AVAGER OF 511316023 33333 3512255

110.29.GLA OF OPERA:DNS

OA Tt

DATE

Kai 1510 DC MU OF 6691S10R PARS ,010 KMDMIMIt 2 Cal

01111AGE9 P20/225179410110101AL SEXED DATE WIT E5 -DK MEER MG R. LAM - 20.0600

1 I

5119E2VBUG 0 A /G1NAL SIG910 PD20.00. DATE ENGWEER 11.11000112 5596 04100

GADD FLE I

ME 5700007

38060053 S- 31114+1,

a.

'

201

204

205

206

201

203

209 i

Z10 01010003122191

W0222

211 141134A12111 /MT

212 I 111

WONG UM 112.22

213 402A 030 NWT

214 i

.CT 1 2FL 12192. 1 420.21203 SMUT

--7 1 as

.I.

I 216 1

217.1

218 I: .._

219

220

221

222

223

224

225

221

229

229

233

231

232

233

234

221

236

237

239

239

240

241

RTU CABINET 4012121GALTD UM)

DAKEOSS

V P.DRIM POMP 2

BOlt r 141 magi ill Is

STOP

10

MANUAL SPIXDCO211501.

UC POTENTDMETEP.

O 50101011 10

22a I® o 0 @I

. . 22/ 81 22

SO= MW 2

40 IOC= MOO= in

. I

0A120001 2 =OWE 03612110L

020 14A093

442

94

CA111/19A

RTU DIGITAL INPUTS

50271971. POW ER cm

9120 2-112211711CC210 0 MIR

12111172-21,11T

POY92 -805

ROM 2 -12aRGINGT 0008

MEP 2-00 Si<

Me 2 -310 READY ..><

2-TE9ADTO SCIEC15D

PEW 2- 000.10!40

_._ _._ ° 002 _a____u__

toa_a____Giv

2°1-1:1-C4-

" 0-C1--ci-

--a--a- -tia2L -®--- . 23

"M --421-011.- .2

IC2 -12-0- -GE---13- --®--18Ed"

igp

. -------O- au

52332 203124.

WM

00 - -(27-

so - -0-

227

w

"2-CI---12-

51124,1-Uf-

- -4-e1-01-Gt-

1a2y.,

A a -al' -111-...../-1.- ex

-G1-=-C1-- -6-412- -0- --11--.1- s. .-

!1 032

-12-411- "'2- M" 1ESQ av 602 -0-

.4, .....,.. .

da-r-V ....!... . , ® .4....... -.01--H0-

242 RTU DIGITAL OUTPUTS 243

244

245

246

20

249

249

250

44001

1001

0001

RIO 2 -1133241205 RELAY

171.

2-125121073922029222.2 206

IMP 2 -SIM= 3052212130

M0100911713427011 16010 szsrr 1

vi.ossozcomsol. a AlFTO TO 11TERF2CE1123121ALS 1.16E236

80.DAVE 81211121t TO 111ERFPCE TEM 54813 02234

VF.DAYE AMOY 70 MlERUCE TERM MALS

1.749 235

SYMBOLS LEGEND

PEW W

SW =BOARD POW1Ift TERM IIALS

-0- SW 10:IMOARD COITMOL =IMAM O IDCALCONTROLIMELW isM3 TERMIIAIS

O Flaw mic-rpu BOX 752012tALS

O RIO CARD 12212121Ala

CI Pau =mace toisnaIll

-IV FUSED 321RME4CE TDQf2A78 '. -0- 0916091 Liwpitounsmunanaus

DO NOT SCALI TS IS DRAW MG

ISSUZD TOR CONSTRUCTION.

DESLS 10.0229

DESZ11 GRECS

DRAWS

AM 10.05 DO

712- 15.0200

250 GOOK I PAAFTXG CMEX Put, 25.02.00 L4 1410AMCq

PROJECT

RD14ONDSTONZ STRZIT 11XX ADZ 6014 PD40 STATION 3623

AUGN Zt2T1STIOW

TIIIL NADI SW ITCHBOARD 6014 2 -375A 224KW ILICTR ICAL SCRIMATIC

V.SC All 073

DATOtr T. OF

DRAW 1IG I

4 311 LETS

AMEND.

486/5/7-M0007 B

10 L 11 19 I 14 L_ 15 96



.

A

C

F

C

a

2 7 1 10 I I

12 - 11 14_

i

'I

MU ODELL Asir =YIP 1=311

__ _______ a-- - _ _ ______________ _______ __________ - ____ ________ 1

03-0D._

MU PATTIZ= MARE

MU DII11:111.211Kr! SLOT 3

IND MATE P18/ 6 I

0.

II-

U. 14-

211141

O 10710 X4111

1401

01 1701 1-01 41:11

401 431 1411 401 4-01

401 3-01 1401 401 4151 101 O .01 401 401 001 11401

1001 11701 11-01

1401 12-01

1401 1101 1401 1401 1401 1401

1530700

O 42-01 0.20 002 1704 1-02 402 202 401

MDR

402 3.02

-02 141111

402 401

&DT

P OP

1402 1-04 /OD;

1401 11-04

72.01 1.402

PRONE MU ZARIN EAR

MOH POWER TIRMIAL 2 SDZ RAJ

1PS

1

01.-DX . .

. 01H)31 REMAIN POWIRMIMADLI

-.- - -L _______ MAN SW ILCHBOARD COMMON CONTROL COMPARTMENT 1, .

'..Cj . . *:... .:"`" -'..:T") 1

I . 02-02. .4. - _ .

0140D. 1 MIT= A.11:12MT =MOW =Dag. - - 1

1 1

- - I '

1

1 1

CAWOD RO7ECTDN CABNET TM P , ,:-.-...' T-10.....:- ','',',"_;:t o--1. 0:...t'....,.- . -

IPS

44i)i 7.- i )

poDOOR X SA

-zocitz.RiEssr- '

7 _

54:11I. CM MANS iOVERAVAIABiX. .:

Al

HO

.1

12) 120

00 520 0.

mon 2

go. ADO

011

Mn OIl

0))

OK I

MOO

DID PLATE

MU IND BRACEET

10PSFALLEP THRHEAL MAP

CP1

_

:7'2. . _

cci

ONSTONE STREET SEWAGE PUMP STATDN MIES R1U t TOTE 2)

_

1I/. 14. ra

j

t

.5.01 ..7--01N)

30/1 01113

402. Mk)

MAN SW RBOARD

IRCHIDRO 11c4/3030131

11402 _ - Pi)

NCOMER comPARliaarr

11-02 013)0

0,1) 21.4. 6011 eBk)

MAN SW itc-RBO-ARD MOH DRG So.-41HIPOI

ENERGEXPOWER ON

- -STILTON MAAS nouraoll

PUMP 'COMPARTMENT

CO2)

7+01.01)

13.01ear )

0 171

7-D110333p

Iv 8-0112830 I 0

0:1102 9.011 Oak)

not Ar. 10011 IWO

12102

2.

so. 11-011. (331g)

on 12-1131. 0

to 1303103k)

so 1401 NMI

150E. PDS 0

MAN SW RCHBOARD FROM DRG .No.411,11I005

cotrutoLcRcur POW ER ON

PUHP 1 -RIOT= mrRo SW UCH

PUMP 1 -STitger

PUMP 1-STOP

PUMP 1 -EHEMENCT STOP

PUMP 1-RUNNAG

ikirel-vzi mai PPM 1-AU1O SELECTED

PUMP 1 - MEET

PUMP 2 COMPARTMENT

. ...

MAN SW ar.,HBOARD,'7, i SO/LP AMP 03NPAP1ICE5T II I _ I I - '

X9.02 SIM:DNA= 1/mta - - FLOODED

-:

_ 10402

113012

I isrwlaz. 1 I SURCHARGE

TOLISCISalt

-

__ ;A 411'.7 SW

-.41.114 ASAGER Or 1111311033 DATE __-Y-312111134C0 RIC INAL S ID -A PLO .110 DATE ... K ASSET SLAWC11 44G112ta AKOOPIT 3514 . 04.00-

DLSGCISECA

I

2ulai 2L11.11 Dan

601 IDOW4C1101 111112

MANAGER 0 OPERATORS

DATE CADD me' 31110009

5)110

LOMOD1 Lfla .ltd ICED A14E40414?

a

Jos Psi- 5)2111 5)A2A1C0 PROTE5SDNAb00.4.ALS125ED DATE x WEAVELS -LPG MEERVIG 4/74 20D4 31145)1.104

0345)0120. DRAW

'LLD 4001

s

174.

DRAFTING CHECK mu

7 I

- , .

10 02 00

11.02 00 -I rid 10.0100

23.02.40 101.777

0+02 )

14D2i)

2402 OP)

3.02 Iff )

oplaaiik)

2o2 ea ROM

(11 402

5.02 PH) "

p3k)

T. u°1"

602

7402

MG

. 4402 eel) 5132 elk)

0 :1-11F--- U -6402 PA33

0 . HOD 013k)

n SH)2 pi) a

IN) 2 6Bk1 Z 0

1/1012.1/W

3-1:12 034

12;02 )

1 12402 CiR33

.14 ..7t

C:

VIROLCACUN POWER ON

MEP 2 -111131331.9ebtO SW NCH

PUMP 2 -ram PUMP 2 -8IDP

PIMP 2 -11NERGENCT STOP

PUMP 2 -RUNWER

MASA 2

a. PAM 2 -AUTO SETECEED

PIMP 2 -10CALRINIT

o ; o 0 COMMON CONTROL COM PARIMEN

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

NOTES

1. THY MU CUBE= B AN MCBTNG CUBE= ,A3 PART

OF THE CONTRACTS TIERNPALS IOR RIOT 3 SHALL PE

NSIALIED ,ON =MAO DA RAM.

2. USE 21SUIATED 03123

3. THE MO 12RILIAJA- WAILER KLIMA WM Cad2lo .0117.1661USE OR LAIC ISIENNALS WEE 5132A

4. CARIES TANGS) TAUS TB11. ABE 20 212 AMMO

-7,

DO HOT SCALP TH IS DRAW DIG

..._...-....._, -....-....r...... PROJECT 1722.: -". TII1E Thil ."..-....-....-/. ..........."-"*..-.. ADM oND s TON I 3 TRIRTz ,.., , .14 Am. SW ITCHBOARD e , -....-........ SEW AG a putt PING STATION .3p23 RTU DIGITAL INPUT

-'-. Wat AU G M IN TA T it) N '' , 'TIM( Zia ATION DIAGRAM H

.....A" -

' .... -. 10 .L_- 111

NIPS

ISSUED VOL . '!'. N STRUCTION

AM: DATUM g Of

DRAW 111111

486/5/744 0009 *d

13 IS

30E125

AMCWO



I DO NOT SCALE THIS S DRAM INC

A

C

6 11 14_ I IS

RTUDDEALOUTWT SIOT 7

I:00515 FROM MIER TERTUIAL- CadeM NS= RR/ atm. 9.11

owl -

161101 pat 1001 0161

IRDDI

0001 053 1.201 - RI 34333 ole 0151 4001 1.201 SO01 OBRI

11701 dl DC91.

1.001 VII 7-001 INS

5.301 All 0001 4511

5.001

9-001

NOTE 2

3243 RATE NOTE 3 -1

RTU END BRACKET

HARSHAU.PG TERNIIALSTRP

EDMONSION:E STREET SEWERAGE PUMPWG STATDN MIL'S RTII

FOlt COGNIETER 110030 TO OD COMA

Ammons

171-T.T110114) ApP1 C0001 010

'CY A

4,:_,,p1400 r) :9 moot OkO

- 'ff.4,34:,;.. LI 924113 0r) 'D °HMI 810 I

V) 6o 0)001 pm

j "7 A

ikeaticrinoessimarzlIIECZRODE I "

1,13-DOERONERRCITNR I ;

":*=041:0RIA1331

MAW SWILCHBOARD VLA3t.i

RIU,/

017.;i:F

. 034001 TM) so

- runt 114, Q,.

osopoi. Pr/ et; _ LI, 4 ®

754001 )

oto. 03,0

11 4 0 001 (134

" 0

esixn MOS

-17 A.`,. MOD q 1.1tiq

06001 01)

-

074001 01)

074001 01) al) 2H1 03 0

- 07001 KW

014 ANAC LA Of II US 11131 'DARK -.7iTITifAVD5C.04110 DIAL SLIMS R D I

sk.wa1---sglr C ASSET SCARER I RAC II LER £000Fav ista. ' 500 :

DATZ CARD I'LL '57550010 - . i

f S1'. ! ,../' - .1. " -, it A .a 141 - I rrl -'," j311 MS- - --- MOLT pd.; ,%1'"' 9 ̂ I % VMS II /PAGER PRO fL111011A b I IQ DIAL 1 ON DATE

VA 101)41)0 SO ROUE°

-.-P014P-16:114PAlintIENT

MN:10RM Da socoo -", 1 .

PUMP 1-RUN /010P 1

PU4I11-ymEmi1z1izszr1

141 sot:, -PUNS 1rSLk7US BorxrDs

-

. -7-;:.7".- 'j- PUMP 2 COMPARTMENT-

IRON DRAW EIG 5340033)

1 )4) V. 3+3, P5HS2',RUNIST0P

'...PUMP 2 -VS0 EAULTRESCT

' PUMP 2 -91ATUS 11,r.74.

I

YOU

PI AXAG LA Of OPERATOR!

SCRIM LS -6NC 11111:1111C R. LAX

e Pf100LCT 1:61 Trrix .EDM OND 5TON; SEW ACE PUMIN -P,G STA70_,..! 3223

'7Gic.,E.NTATION - _

11

NO=

1. T I M P a o C O B T : L E BAN EXOTBO CUBEIR.

2. USE EISUIATED COUR

3. IRRICD:113ERNNATIS BHAILSY ICLIMOWASIC1

Cattio.0/14561USZORuavn00[icus PE W 9001iAIUSES.

MAW SW ITCHBOARD RTU DIG ITAL OUTPUT TERM 'NATION DIAGRAM

V.

'c.

&Ai


NISCALE

VS

DRAW DIG

486/5/7-40010



A

C

X

5 - I I -

17

r ANALOG MU NPUT

SLOT 10

POLO Mar,

D

MA MD TE, ah,/ 71,:le

COW- -11E)

NOTE 3

EDMONSTONE STREET SEWAGE PUMPIIG STATDN MR'S MU _ _ - - - , - _ -

4111SAGLA Of 5531(533 ASSET sritvres

DD PIATE 11113 EREC/CET

MONSHA.U.N13,;

IMM NAL STEP -

.151A0M17T7 ..2

t 0;4

4.11.4.08.111-pl WE_

cv;g173. w'row L _

ra1;.,.a,1 ru

CC cA14',1e.^31

ZWITHWI

: I urn r-solA

"Jf.Tcaz

pRomicrptr

NOTES

1. ZNE SaucuBrI2EANDZSTNGCOHEIR.

2. USE MEDIATED COMB

3. TICE MU 19R1LNA1A 6HRJ.I. EC !CLIME( 'ABM "...Catlio.0a456RISD.OD LNIC TEIGINEM ram

11( NE 5013BA POSES. opID

CATHODE Emriscmti REcriesacusszer, 4.1a.::z............----- 1111111*11=1113 -__ - ........4) .*

. i WO . .2 .fit...."......"' OMIM ,( --41_

, - -,:t..- mlif.

-e 1 ,i A Ir ,-- ----- - ..----;-ri - 7, --vc.,E.,,,,,o ____ -1.. . .

-I

8(-71141°.3

.J

aw

lc:(1A'AJ

VE3 I itpralo

.1

4 CATBODE PROTECTDR ! RECTEIERIOIMGE

4.

.7 754-'7

LOOP. NOIATOR

1

CATHODE 103MIROiiII REIERENCE ZIECTRODE

CATHODE PROTECIDN I REEERnicz gurcribmz

..._.....

- - . ,

4-

J

40)

101

wgrwzrz -RAW IEVEL-:

Li7 r-77,E3-1

1 FICOMETER R- I DELVERI EIDE RAIN

5-3 G.

SS/

4*, 1.2..L.D.re..lgt-

-. V'2 T.& -127

NAN IICHBOARD

L.

. - ... -_ 1

ATE

21/102 A 0.11.01

110cDATE

FOR ONSIAC

MANAGED Or ERATVIS

DATE

E I e

Alecto to Ts° wax Amiga DOSS?

1114s !IMAGES TAOTE3SDN11101151MAL SIGN DATE 1(VAWERVELS -LNG IMAMS 11.1100557 20.0600

'L

UPL111/1911C411.1G4NAL-3 ESN ID- 1({L ISCIIEED A.11005 ET '"5-521S CM1152112V1 1g2aiiiMMEMMWEATal LUERMINWMMIRIPAIIIIM=1=1

W.M21131=111

10.42.00

St/ EVLTED xt.() Boo!!

7;

25.0200 I ciew,,

a1

PRESSURE GAUGE DELVED PRESSURE

-PUMP

WISP No 1.

MOTOR POEM ADULT POWERED)

PUMP Ho 1

A- I_ MOTOR CURRENT RECIEDRIFALLY POW ERIE)

DO A PUMP No 1

SPEED WILT POWERED).

.te - - vet'

NAN SW IIVHBOARD

2X1

PUMP 2

PUN:PRIG 2 t MOTOR POWER MMIMNALET POWEREI))

IMP No 2 -

NOT= oppENT EXTERNMIT POWERED)

POMP No 2 ROHM= SPEED =MIX POWERED)

.W.TrILE B-irsiban -- EDM ON D STONE: SEL;E:i37.13,, 3-1.2-334 tfreTuA DIAnSWAto/T:11324130pAuRTD

.,SEW. AGE ptmiinia-tiTATleto 'Wat EN EASTON. . 1

;-

3TA' TERM 'NATION DIAGRAM

DO NOT SCALE TH IS DRAW DIG -

10, 17

SCALE

STS

ISSUED TOR CONSTRUCTION

DATO -re , Cr 3 MILTS

DRAW 1(6

4 8 6 / 5 / 5 44 0 0 11 AMEND.

A

14 I 13 GG



Documents

electric - Queensland Urban Utilities